ML15119A491

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Initial Exam 2015-301 Draft Sim In-Plant JPMs
ML15119A491
Person / Time
Site: Turkey Point  NextEra Energy icon.png
Issue date: 04/29/2015
From:
Division of Reactor Safety II
To:
Florida Power & Light Co
References
Download: ML15119A491 (415)


Text

LOIT L-15-1 NRC Exam material controlled by TR-AA-230-1009, Training Examination Security.

Simulator - JPM A LOIT L-15-1 NRC Exam material controlled by TR-AA-230-1009, Training Examination Security.

u ,J Page 2 of 19 NRC l-15-1 EXAM SECURE JPM TITLE: Recover a Dropped Rod JPM NUMBER: L-15-1 NRC JPM A REV. 0-0 TASK NUMBER(S) I 01028010300 I TASK TITLE(S): Perform a Dropped Rod Recovery KIA NUMBERS: 001 A2.11 KIA VALUE: RO 4.4 /SRO 4.7 Justification (FOR KIA VALUES <3.0): N/A TASK APPLICABILITY:

~RO ~SRO D STA D Non-Uc D SRO CERT D OTHER: _ _

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING: Simulate/Walkthrough: D Perform: ~

EVALUATION LOCATION: In-Plant: D Control Room: D Simulator: cu other:

Lab: D Time for Completion: 20 Minutes Time Critical: No Alternate Path [NRC]: Yes Alternate Path [INPO]: Yes Date rainin~Supervision Approved by: ---~----~--L==~---~---l-/_" _______

Training Program Owner Date TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A

L-15-1 NRC JPM A, Recover a Dropped Rod, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 3 of 19 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.

REVIEW STATEMENTS YES NO N/A

1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
7. If the task is time critical, is the time critical portion based upon actual task performance requirements?
8. Is the job level appropriate for the task being evaluated if required?
9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /

Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?

12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?

TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.

All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.

Protected Content: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material)

{C001}

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM A, Recover a Dropped Rod, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 4 of 19 UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

SUPERVISOR DATE TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM A, Recover a Dropped Rod, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 5 of 19 SIMULATOR SET-UP:

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

_____ 1. Reset to IC 12 or equivalent IC.

_____ 2. Place Simulator in RUN.

_____ 3. Ensure applicable portions of Simulator Operator Checklist are complete.

Open and Execute L-15-1 NRC JPM A.lsn.

1. Verify SETUP - Drop L5 triggers

_____ 4.

2. Verify SETUP - Remove L5 Failure triggers (5sec delay)
3. Trigger Drop M10 and verify in CONDITION state Perform following switch manipulations:
1. Place Rod Motion Control Selector Switch to MANUAL
2. Adjust Turbine load to match Tavg/Tref within 3°F (adjust as necessary

_____ 5.

as plant stabilizes following rod drop)

3. Place N41 Dropped Rod Mode switch to RESET and then back to NORMAL (this should clear B 7/1)

_____ 6. Ensure Key #1 is in locker and put clean copy of Operation Keylog in binder.

_____ 7. Allow the plant to stabilize.

_____ 8. Acknowledge alarms and place Simulator in FREEZE.

_____ 9. Save as a temporary IC if JPM will be repeated.

_____ 10. When ready to begin, then place Simulator in RUN.

SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS:

  • TFLISB31 - Drop Rod L-5.
  • TFLIC81 - Drop Rod M-10.

SIMULATOR OVERRIDES:

Delete TFLISB31 - Drop Rod L-5.

SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS:

N/A TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM A, Recover a Dropped Rod, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 6 of 19 Required Materials:

  • HANDOUT 3-ONOP-028.3, Dropped RCC
  • Key #1 to the Rod Disconnect Switch cabinet.
  • Blank key sign out forms.

General

References:

  • 3-ONOP-028.3, Dropped RCC
  • 3-ARP-097.CR, Annunciator Response Procedures Task Standards:
  • Attempts to recover dropped rod L-5, per procedure.
  • Identifies that an additional rod has dropped.
  • Trips the reactor.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM A, Recover a Dropped Rod, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 7 of 19 HAND JPM BRIEFING SHEET TO EXAMINEE AT THIS TIME!

Read to the examinee:

I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Four hours ago while at 75% power, control rod L-5 dropped fully into the reactor.
  • Load has been reduced to 50% power.
  • The reason for the dropped rod has been identified and corrected.
  • 3-ONOP-028.3 has been completed up to Step 18.
  • Rx Engineering Supervisor has approved a withdrawal rate of up to 10 steps/min.
  • R-20 has been stable the last 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

INITIATING CUES:

  • In accordance with Step 18 of 3-ONOP-028.3, the Shift Manager directs you to retrieve dropped rod L5.

NOTES:

  • The presence of a reactivity SRO, Reactor Engineer, and a peer checker are simulated in the Control Room.
  • Due to dynamic conditions, an instructor will acknowledge non-essential BOP alarms to facilitate the role of the RO (Turbine) and RO (S/G).

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet is returned to the evaluator when the JPM is complete.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM A, Recover a Dropped Rod, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 8 of 19 JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:

NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).

NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.

CAUTION: The Simulator Operator/Instructor acknowledges non-essential BOP alarms to facilitate the role of an Administrative RO.

Performance Step: 18. Continue Rod Recovery Actions Using Attachment 1 Of This Critical N (SEQ-1) Procedure.

Standard:

Obtains 3-ONOP-028.3. Refers to Step 18 to confirm the need to perform Attachment 1.

Proceeds to Attachment 1, Page 1.

Evaluator Note: If a peer check is requested for any of the following steps, then acknowledge the request for the operator to continue performance.

Evaluator Cue:

Provide the operator with a copy of HANDOUT 3-ONOP-028.3, Dropped RCC Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM A, Recover a Dropped Rod, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 9 of 19 Performance Step: 3-ONOP-028.3 Attachment 1 step 1:

Critical N (SEQ-2)

CAUTIONS If the dropped RCC has been dropped and retrieved in the previous 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />, then any further retrieval attempts require the permission of the Plant General Manager.

In cases of power operation with a dropped RCC, power peaking may affect fuel integrity if caution is not employed.

If PRMS R-20 shows an unexpected increase due to the dropped RCC, a Reactor Engineering evaluation is required prior to retrieving the dropped rod.

Standard:

The operator reads the CAUTIONS, compares them to initial conditions, and determines that it is satisfactory to proceed.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-ONOP-028.3 Attachment 1 step 1:

Critical N (SEQ-3)

Verify Reactor Power Is Stable Standard:

The operator verifies Reactor Power Is Stable.

Per simulator readings.

Cue:

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM A, Recover a Dropped Rod, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 10 of 19 Performance Step: 3-ONOP-028.3 Attachment 1 step 2:

Critical N (SEQ-4)

NOTE If Initial Reactor Startup or Physics Testing after refueling was in progress, boration to All-Rods-Out, H o t S t a n d b y b o r o n concentration will e n s u r e a d e q u a t e SHUTDOWN MARGIN in xenon-free conditions while the cause of the dropped rod is being determined prior to reactor shutdown.

Standard:

Operator reads note, realizes it does not apply per Initial Conditions.

Cue:

Per Initial Conditions.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-ONOP-028.3 Attachment 1 step 2:

Critical N (SEQ-5)

Check Reactor Mode Status

a. Reactor in Mode 2 or 3 (NO)

(RNO) Go to Step 3 Standard:

The operator reads the step, knows the reactor is in Mode 1, and goes to step 3.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM A, Recover a Dropped Rod, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 11 of 19 Performance Step: 3-ONOP-028.3 Attachment 1 step 3:

Critical N (SEQ-6)

Check Elapsed Time of Dropped Rod.

a. Time less than 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br />.

Standard:

The operator reads the step, time was 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> per initial conditions, and proceeds.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-ONOP-028.3 Attachment 1 step 4:

Critical N (SEQ-7)

Cause of Rod Drop Repaired.

Standard:

The operator reads the step, and it was corrected per Initial Conditions.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM A, Recover a Dropped Rod, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 12 of 19 Performance Step: 3-ONOP-028.3 Attachment 1 step 5.a:

Critical Y (SEQ-8)

Prepare To Retrieve Dropped RCC.

a. Position the Rod Motion Control Selector switch to the RCC bank with the dropped RCC.

Standard:

Position the Rod Motion Control Selector switch to Shutdown Bank B.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-ONOP-028.3 Attachment 1 step 5.b:

Critical Y (SEQ-9)

Place all the lift coil disconnect switches for the dropped rod bank to the disconnect position (toggle switch down) except for the dropped RCC lift coil disconnect switch.

Standard: Places all the lift coil disconnect switches for Shutdown Bank B to the disconnect position (toggle switch down), except for L-5.

Evaluator Note: Key #1 is needed to open panel to lift coil disconnect switches. Key locker is located outside of SM office.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM A, Recover a Dropped Rod, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 13 of 19 Performance Step: 3-ONOP-028.3 Attachment 1 step 5.c:

Critical N (SEQ-10)

Ensure the lift coil disconnect switch for the dropped RCC is in the connect position (toggle switch up).

Standard: Candidate ensures the lift coil disconnect switch for the dropped RCC L-5 is in the connect position (toggle switch up).

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-ONOP-028.3 Attachment 1 step 5.d:

Critical N (SEQ-11)

Record the step position for the dropped RCC group demand step counter in the Unit Narrative Log as follows:

Bank __________________

Group _________________

Position ________________ steps Standard: Record step position L5.

Bank SBB .

Group GR1 .

Position 229 steps Cue: If candidate proceeds to make log entry, state another operator will make the log entry.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM A, Recover a Dropped Rod, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 14 of 19 Performance Step: 3-ONOP-028.3 Attachment 1 step 5.e:

Critical Y (SEQ-12)

Manually set the associated group demand step counter to zero.

Standard: Set SBB Group 1 step counters to 0 (zero).

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-ONOP-028.3 Attachment 1 step 6:

Critical N (SEQ-13)

NOTE

  • Annunciators B 8/1, ROD BANK A/B/C/D LO-LIMIT, and B 8/2, ROD BANK EXTRA LO-LIMIT, will alarm when the RPI bank demand alignment on the DCS screen is reset below the Low and Extra Low Rod Insertion Limits.

Standard: Candidate reads the note. It does not apply for Shutdown Bank B.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM A, Recover a Dropped Rod, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 15 of 19 Performance Step: 3-ONOP-028.3 Attachment 1 step 6:

Critical N (SEQ-14)

Check If Dropped Rod is in a Shutdown Bank Standard: Candidate identifies Shutdown Bank B Rod L-5.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-ONOP-028.3 Attachment 1 step 7:

Critical N (SEQ-15)

CAUTIONS

  • If a dropped RCC is retrieved within 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br /> of dropping, it may be withdrawn at a rate not to exceed 10 steps per minute.
  • If a dropped RCC is retrieved after 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br /> of dropping, it should be withdrawn at a rate not to exceed 3 steps per hour.
  • The actual withdrawal rate shall be approved by the Reactor Engineering Supervisor or designee prior to commencing, and may be modified from the above if conditions warranted (i.e., PRMS R-20 Alarm, Unit in Mode 3 etc.).
  • If the unit experiences a transient which requires rod motion during the dropped rod retrieval, all lift coil disconnect switches are required to be placed in the connect position (toggle switch up), rod control alarm reset PB depressed, and the rod control selector switch placed in MANUAL prior to rod motion.

Standard: Candidate reviews the Cautions. All information needed is provided by the Initial Conditions and the simulator.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM A, Recover a Dropped Rod, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 16 of 19 Performance Step: 3-ONOP-028.3 Attachment 1 step 7:

Critical N (SEQ-16)

NOTES

  • Boration at 10 gpm is equivalent to 1 ppm/min (10 pcm/min) negative reactivity insertion.
  • Annunciator B 9/4, ROD CONTROL URGENT FAILURE, and the RCC Power Cabinet URGENT FAILURE will alarm for the group with the lift coils disconnected.
  • Boration of the RCS may be required to maintain Tavg equal to Tref.

Standard: Candidate reads Note.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-ONOP-028.3 Attachment 1 step 7:

Critical Y (SEQ-17)

Withdraw The Dropped RCC

a. Withdraw the dropped rod at the rate determined by the Reactor Engineering Supervisor.
b. Borate as necessary to maintain Tavg within 3°F of Tref.
c. Adjust turbine load as necessary to maintain required power level determined in procedure Step 8.
d. Continue to withdraw the RCC until it is aligned with its group.

Standard: Place IN-HOLD-OUT switch to OUT to withdraw L5.

Booth Operator Cue: When Rod L-5 exceeds 2 steps, verify trigger DROP M10 triggers Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY No adjustments to Boron or Generator should be necessary during rod Comments: withdrawal.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM A, Recover a Dropped Rod, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 17 of 19 This begins the alternate portion of the JPM.

Performance Step: Candidate responds to ROD BOTTOM LIGHT for rod M-10.

Critical Y (SEQ-18)

Standard:

Stop withdraw of L5 and Trip Reactor Evaluator Notes:

If candidate attempts to notify US/SM act as US/SM and confirm communication.

Once Reactor is tripped proceed to Terminating Cue.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Terminating Cues:

Once the reactor is tripped, state Another operator will complete the remaining steps of this procedure. This completes the JPM.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

Stop Time:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM A, Recover a Dropped Rod, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 18 of 19 Examinee: Evaluator:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT Date:

LOIT RO LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS: SAT: UNSAT:

Remediation required: YES NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).

EXAMINER NOTE: ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.

EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:

NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM A NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM Page 19 of 19 TURNOVER SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Four hours ago while at 75% power, control rod L-5 dropped fully into the reactor.
  • Load has been reduced to 50% power.
  • The reason for the dropped rod has been identified and corrected.
  • 3-ONOP-028.3 has been completed up to Step 18.
  • Rx Engineering Supervisor has approved a withdrawal rate of up to 10 steps/min.
  • R-20 has been stable the last 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

INITIATING CUES:

  • In accordance with Step 18 of 3-ONOP-028.3, the Shift Manager directs you to retrieve dropped rod L5.

NOTES:

  • The presence of a reactivity SRO, Reactor Engineer, and a peer checker are simulated in the Control Room.
  • Due to dynamic conditions, an instructor will acknowledge non-essential BOP alarms to facilitate the role of the RO (Turbine) and RO (S/G).

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet is returned to the evaluator when the JPM is complete.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

Florida Power & Light Company Turkey Point Nuclear Plant Unit3 3-0NOP-028.3 CAUTION Performance of this procedure may affect core reactivity.

Title:

DroppedRCC Continuous Use Safety Related Procedure Responsible Department: Operations Revision Number: 4A Issue Date: 9/4/14 Revision Approval Date: 8/17/14 ARs 590548, 1611268, 1734453, 1982626 PCRs 08-5732, 09-0989, 10-0931 PC/Ms93-005, 09-006 W9:/cls/mr/ab

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

2 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 Dropped RCC 8/17/14 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Rev. 4A)

Revision Page Date 1 08/17/14 2 08/17/14 3 04/07/09 4 03/28/12 5 08/02/10 6 03/28/12 7 03/28/12 8 03/28/12 9 08/17 /14 10 04/07/09 11 03/28/12 12 04/07/09 13 04/07/09 14 08/02/10 15 04/07/09 16 04/07/09 17 04/07/09 18 04/07/09 Foldout 04/07/09 v vJ./vl.JI lll!CIU

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

3 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 Dropped RCC 4/7/09 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides instructions to be followed m the event of one or more dropped RCCs.

2.0 SYMPTOMS OR ENTRY CONDITIONS 2.1 Annunciators 2.1.1 B 212, POWER RANGE UPPERDETHI FLUX DEV/AUTO DEFEAT 2.1.2 B 2/3, POWER RANGE LOWER DET HI FLUX DEV/AUTO DEFEAT 2.1.3 B 7fl, NIS/RPI ROD DROP ROD STOP 2.1.4 B 9/2, AXIAL FLUX TILT 2.1.5 B 9/3, SHUTDOWN ROD OFF TOP/DEVIATION 2.1.6 G 5/1, AXIAL FLUX T.S. LIMIT EXCEEDED 2.1.7 G 5/2, AXIAL FLUX ADMIN LIMIT EXCEEDED 2.2 Indications 2.2.1 DROPPED ROD ROD STOP light illuminated on any one of the power range nuclear instrumentation channels.

2.2.2 Individual rod bottom lights on.

2.2.3 Axial flux indicators indicate flux tilt.

W9:/cls/mr/ab

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

4 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 Dropped RCC 3/28/12

3.0 REFERENCES

/RECORDS REQUIRED/COMMITMENT DOCUMENTS

3. I References
3. I. I Technical Specifications
1. Section 3/4. I .1, Reactivity Control Systems - Boration Control
2. Section 3/4.1.1.I, Shutdown Margin - Tavg Greater Than 200°F
3. Section 3/4.1.3.1, Reactivity Control Systems - Movable Control Assemblies - Group Height
4. Section 3/4.1.3.5, Reactivity Control Systems - Shutdown Rod Insertion Limit
5. Section 3/4.1.3.6, Reactivity Control Systems - Control Rod Insertion Limits
6. Section 3/4.2.1, Power Distribution Limits - Axial Flux Difference
7. Section 3/4.2.3, Power Distribution Limits - Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor
8. Section 3/4.2.4, Power Distribution Limits - Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio 3.1.2 Final Safety Analysis Report
1. Section 14.1.4, Rod Control Cluster Assembly (RCCA) Drop 3 .1.3 Plant Procedures
1. 3-GOP-103, Power Operation To Hot Standby
2. 3-0NOP-059.4, Excessive Axial Flux Difference
3. 3-0NOP-059.9, Excessive Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio
4. O-OSP-028.8, Shutdown Margin Calculation
5. 3-0SP-040.5, Nuclear Design Verification
6. 3-0SP-059.10, Determination of Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio 3.1.4 Regulatory Guidelines
1. SOER 84-2 (1, 2, and 8) Control Rod Mispositioning
2. SOER 84-2, Control Rod Mispositioning -Addendum

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

5 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 DroppedRCC 8/2/10 3 .1.5 Miscellaneous Documents (i.e., PC/Ms, Correspondence)

1. PC/M 93-005, Elimination of Turbine Runback from Dropped Rod
2. Unit 3 Plant Curve Book
3. PTN Condition Report 2005-7118
4. PC/M 09-006, Rod Position Indication System Replacement 3.1. 6 Commitment Documents
1. None

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

6 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 Dropped RCC 3/28/12 I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED C AAY'f110 N

/L/

If this procedure was entered as a result of performing 3-SMl-028.03, RPI HOT CAL/BRA TJON, CRDM STEPPING TEST AND ROD DROP TEST, AND the RCS boron concentration is greater than or equal to test requirements, this procedure shall NOT be performed.

- ----~------- ........................... I

~ Foldout page is required to be monitored throughout this procedure.

~#'Misaligned rods are addressed by 3-0NOP-028.1, RCC Misalignment.

~-------------------

@ Check Number Of RCCs DROPPED - More Than One

( _ / Check the following 7~0 Step 2.

{ ) More than one rod bottom light - ON

/:' JMore than one rod position indicator -

VAT ZERO

b. Manually trip the Reactor
c. Go to 3-EOP-E-O, REACTOR TRIP OR 7 SAFETY INJECTION Check Reactor In Mode 1 IF in Mode 2 or Mode 3, THEN perform the following:
a. Stop all rod motion and dilution.
b. Ensure reactor power is stable or decreasing.
1) IF startup rate is positive and/or reactor power is increasing, THEN manually trip the Reactor and go to 3-EOP-E-O, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION.
c. Commence boration to the ARO Hot Standby RCS boron concentration specified in the Plant Curve Book, Section 3, Figure 7.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

7 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 Dropped RCC 3/28/12 TION/EXPECTED RESPONSE PONSE NOT OBTAINED Place Rod Motion Control Selector Switch To MANUAL CAUTIONS Do NOT dilute the RCS while performing this procedure until the SHUTDOWN MARGIN calculation has been performed using O-OSP-028.8, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION.

yoo NOT increase reactor power while performing this procedure.

  1. ?o NOT use control rods for power or temperature adjustments until the cause of the dropped rod is identified and determined not to affect any other rods.

Prior to the operation of the controls that could change Reactor Power, a Reactivity Brief should be held. This brief is at the discretion of the Shift Manager or the unit Supervisor.

Verify Automatic Controls Are Functioning To Stabilize The Unit AND No Transient Is In Progress ff Tavg/Tref within 3°F a. Reduce turbine load to control temperature.

~PZR level/pressure trending to program b. Manually control systems to stabilize the unit.

~G level trending to program c. Manually control systems to stabilize the unit.

~ Check AFD Within RAOC Within 30 minutes, reduce reactor power to 0" G 5/1, AXIAL FLUX T.S. LIMIT EXCEEDED

-OFF less than 50% using 3-GOP-100, FAST LOAD REDUCTION, while continuing with this procedure.

~least 3 channels of AFD indicating within the RAOC limit as defined in the Plant Curve Book, Section 5, Figure 1 w/ _ / Initiate Hourly QPTR Detei-mination Using 3-0SP-059.10, DETERMINATION OF QUADRANT POWER TILT RA TIO Until Either QPTR Results Are Satisfactory OR Reactor Power Is Less Than 50%

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

8 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 Dro*pped RCC 3/28/12 ESPONSE NOT OBTAINED Declare The Dropped RCC Inoperable

, ~ Reduce Reactor Power To Less Than 50%

,P Within 1 Hour

~thin one hour, reduce reactor power to

)Z/ l~~s than 50% using 3-GOP-100, FAST LOAD REDUCTION, while continuing with this procedure

@ Check The Following:

/ Rod Position and Insertion Monitors - ~re RPls to group step counters every Operable ~~~r~ to comply with Technical

~ Annunciator B 8/1, ROD BANK A/B/C/D/JSpecification Surveillances 4.1.3.1.1 and

~ LO LIMIT - Not Locked In / . 4.1.3.6.

{;? Annunciator B 9/3, SHUTDOWN ROD

¥ OFF TOP/DEVIATION - Not Locked In Notify Reactor Engineering Of Dropped RCC

......... -~- u SHUTDOWN MARGIN shall be 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> thereafter.

veri~ 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> of a DROPPED RCC and every p

~heck RCS boron concentration a. Notify Reactor Engineering to evaluate

~realer than or equal to pre-event SHUTDOWN MARGIN using O-OSP-028.8, SHUTDOWN MARGIN value CALCULATION.

OR

  • Greater than the Minimum Shutdown Boron Versus RCS Temperature as a Function of Burnup Requirements in the Plant Curve Book, Section 3, Figure 5

/ ' / ,og SHUTDOWN MARGIN satisfied in the P Unit Narrative Log

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

9 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 Dropped RCC 3/28/12 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED r ..................................................................

~ ................................................ .

PWO will NOT be required; setpoint ~justed using 3-0SP-059.4, POWER RANGE NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST.

Notify l&C Of Dropped RCC AND Potential Need To Reset POWER RANGE HI FLUX TRIP SETPOINT Calculate Shutdown Margin

/VPerform O-OSP-028.8, SHUTDOWN

)# MARGIN CALCULATION, while continuing with this procedure Check Annunciator B 7/1, NIS/RPI Rod Drop Perform the following:

Rod Stop - CLEAR

-~~heck Power Range Drawers N-41 through N-44.

Pd1F*LighttheisDropped Rod I Rod Stop Bistable ON for any channel, THEN place the associated Dropped Rod Mode switch to RESET AND back to NORMAL.

Check Reactor Power Level Less Than 50% WHEN reactor power is less than 50%,

THEN go to Step 16.

Reduce The Power Range Hi Flux Trip Setpoint To Less Than Or Equal To 55%

Using 3-0SP-059.4, POWER RANGE NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

10 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 Dropped RCC 4/7/09 STEP /EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED Determine If Dropped Rod Can Be Retrieved.

p Check each of the following:

a. Perform the following:

ff Cause of dropped rod is identified.

1) Reduce reactor Power to less than 20%

using 3-GOP-103, Power Operation to

~ause of the dropped rod can be Hot Shutdown.

repaired and the rod recovered within 2) WHEN Reactor power is less than 20%,

10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br /> of event. THEN TRIP Reactor using 3-GOP-103, I / Shift Manager directs rod recovery Power Operation to Hot Shutdown.

~ actions to continue.

Continue Rod Recovery Actions Using Attachment 1 Of This Procedure END OF TEXT

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

11 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 Dropped RCC 3/28/12 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED ATTACHMENT 1 (Page 1 of 8)

DROPPED ROD RECOVERY CAUTIONS

" If the dropped RCC has been dropped and retrieved in the previous 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />, then any further retrieval attempts require the permission of the Plant General Manager.

" In cases of power operation with a dropped RCC, power peaking may affect fuel integrity if caution is not employed.

" If PRMS R-20 shows an unexpected increase due to the dropped RCC, a Reactor

  • Engineering evaluation is required prior to retrieving the dropped rod.

1 Verify Reactor Power Is Stable Perform the following:

a. Verify O-OSP-028.8, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION, is complete.
b. WHEN SHUTDOWN MARGIN is verified to be satisfactory, THEN maintain reactor power stable using O-OP-046, CVCS -

BORON CONCENTRATION CONTROL, for dilution or boration.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

12 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 Dropped RCC 417/09 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE PONSE NOT OBTAINED ATTACHMENT 1 (Page 2 of 8)

DROPPED ROD RECOVERY NOTE -------1 If Initial Reactor Startup or Physics Testing after refueling was in progress, boration to All-Rods-Out, Hot Standby boron concentration will ensure adequate SHUTDOWN MARG IN in xenon-free conditions while the cause of the dropped rod is being determined prior to reactor shutdown.

2 Check Reactor Mode Status

a. Reactor in Mode 2 or 3 a. Go to Step 3.
b. Verify RCS boron concentration is greater b. WHEN RCS Boron concentration has than or equal to the ARO Hot Standby RCS been verified greater than or equal to boron concentration specified in the Plant ARO Hot Standby Boron concentration, Curve Book, Section 3, Figure 7. THEN go to Step 3.

3 Check Elapsed Time of Dropped Rod.

a. Time less than 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br />. a. Perform the following:
1) Notify the Shift Manager that power increases are required to be delayed until equilibrium xenon is established (approximately 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />).
2) Perform an lncore Flux Map within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> to verify that Power Distribution factors Fq AND F.llh, are within limits.
3) Direct Reactor Engineering to perform evaluations specified in Technical Specifications Action 3.1.3.1.d.3.d.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

13 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 Dropped RCC 4/7/09 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED ATTACHMENT 1 (Page 3 of 8)

DROPPED ROD RECOVERY 4 Cause of Rod Drop Repaired. Perform the following:

a. WHEN the cause has been repaired, THEN go to Step 5.
b. IF directed by the Shift Manager, THEN shut down using 3-GOP-103, Power Operation to Hot Standby.

5 Prepare To Retrieve Dropped RCC.

a. Position the Rod Motion Control Selector switch to the RCC bank with the dropped RCC.
b. Place all the lift coil disconnect switches for the dropped rod bank to the disconnect position (toggle switch down) except for the dropped RCC lift coil disconnect switch.
c. Ensure the lift coil disconnect switch for the dropped RCC is in the connect position (toggle switch up).
d. Record the step position for the dropped RCC group demand step counter in the Unit Narrative Log as follows:

Bank - - - - - - - -

Group _ _ _ _ _ __

Position _ _ _ _ _ _ _ steps

e. Manually set the associated group demand step counter to zero.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

14 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 DroppedRCC 8/2/10 RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED ATTACHMENT 1 (Page 4 of 8)

DROPPED ROD RECOVERY

- 111!111 - .. - .. - 111121111 - 111111 NOTE 111111111111111 - - - - 1111111 - - - 11111111 - 1111111 I

  • Annunciators B 811, ROD BANK AIB/CID LO-LIMIT, and B 812, ROD BANK EXTRA LO-LIMIT, will alarm when the RPI bank demand alignment on the DCS screen is reset below the Low and Extra Low Rod Insertion Limits.

Check If Dropped Rod is in a Shutdown Bank IF the dropped rod is in a control bank, THEN 6 reset the bank demand step counters from the DCS as follows:

a. Navigate to the RPI BANK DEMAND ALIGNMENT screen.
b. Select INITIATE ALIGNMENT for the affected control bank.
c. Select NEW VALUE in the overlay.
d. Type in the desired bank demand step value, using the keyboard.
e. Press Enter.
f. Select INITIATE RE ALIGNMENT in the overlay.
g. Select YES in the save changes overlay.
h. Select CLOSE OVERLAY.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

15 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 Dropped RCC 4/7/09 ION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED ATTACHMENT 1 (Page 5 of 8)

DROPPED ROD RECOVERY CAUTIONS

  • If a dropped RCC is retrieved within 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br /> of dropping, it may be withdrawn at a rate not to exceed 10 steps per minute.
  • If a dropped RCC is retrieved after 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br /> of dropping, it should be withdrawn at a rate not to exceed 3 steps per hour.
  • The actual withdrawal rate shall be approved by the Reactor Engineering Supervisor or designee prior to commencilJg, and may be modified from the above if conditions warranted (i.e., PRMS R-20 Alarm, Unit in Mode 3 etc.).
  • If the unit experiences a transient which requires rod motion during the dropped rod retrieval, all lift coil disconnect switches are required to be placed in the connect position (toggle switch up), rod control alarm reset PB depressed, and the rod control selector switch placed in MANUAL prior to rod motion.

" Boration at 10 gpm is equivalent to 1 ppm/min (10 pcm/min) negative reactivity insertion.

" Annunciator B 914, ROD CONTROL URGENT FAILURE, and the RCC Power Cabinet URGENT FAILURE will alarm for the group with the lift coils disconnected.

Boration of the RCS may be required to maintain Tavg equal to Tref.

7 Withdraw The Dropped RCC

a. Withdraw the dropped rod at the rate determined by the Reactor Engineering Supervisor.
b. Borate as necessary to maintain Tavg within 3°F of Tref.
c. Adjust turbine load as necessary to maintain required power level determined in procedure Step 8.
d. Continue to withdraw the RCC until it is aligned with its group.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

16 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 Dropped RCC 417/09 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED ATTACHMENT 1 (Page 6 of 8)

DROPPED ROD RECOVERY Place All Lift Coil Disconnect Switches To 8 The Connect Position (Toggle Switch Up).

Reset Rod Control System Alarms.

9

a. Depress the Rod Control Alarm Reset.
b. Verify the following alarms clear or off:
  • In the 38 MCC Room, RCC power cabinet URGENT FAILURE light Reset NIS Rod Bottom Bistable Light On Any 10 , Applicable Power Range Nuclear Instrumentation Drawer.
a. Check any Rod Bottom bistable light - On a. Go to Step 11.
b. Place applicable Dropped Rod Mode switches to the RESET position AND return to the NORMAL position.

Place The Rod Motion Control Selector 11 Switch To MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC Position.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

17 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 Dropped RCC 4/7/09 STEP RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED ATTACHMENT 1 (Page 7 of 8)

DROPPED ROD RECOVERY


'I NOTE I At the discretion of the Reactor Engineering Supervisor, an lncore Flux Map may I be performed.

Check Flux Distribution Is Normal.

12

a. Perform 3-0SP-059.10, Determination of Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio.
b. No significant axial power shape difference from symmetric assemblies as determined by the Reactor Engineering Supervisor.
c. Axial flux indicators indicate less than 3 percent difference between any two channels.

Verify All RCC Assemblies Are Aligned To 13 Within the Allowed Rod Misalignment Of Step Counters Monitor QPTR In Preparation For Power 14 Ascension

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

18 Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 Dropped RCC 4/7/09 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ATTACHMENT 1 (Page 8 of 8)

DROPPED ROD RECOVERY Check If All Technical Specifications WHEN all Technical Specification 15 Requirements Are Satisfied requirements are satisfied, THEN perform Step 15a.

a. Reset the Power Range Hi Flux Trip Setpoint to 108% using 3-0SP-059.4, POWER RANGE NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST 16 Notify The Shift Manager That All Subsequent Power Increases Shall Be Done At Approximately 1 Percent Per Hour OR As Directed By Reactor Engineering 17 Go To Procedure And Step In Effect FINAL PAGE

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

Foldout Approval Date:

3-0NOP-028.3 Dropped RCC 4/7/09 FOLDOUT FOR PROCEDURE ONOP-028.3 Following is a list of applicable Technical Specification LCOs and procedure steps that verify compliance. These need to be reviewed by the Shift Manager to ensure compliance.

1. T.S. 3.1.1.1 - SHUTDOWN MARGIN
  • Covered in Steps 11 and 13
  • 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> to verify AND repeat every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.
2. T.S. 3.1.3.1 - GROUP ROD HEIGHT
  • Covered in Steps 1, 7, 8, 9, and 15, Attachment 1 Steps 3 and 13
  • 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> - to restore OR declare inoperable AND be less than 75% power, 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> - to perform Flux Map, and 5 days - to perform re-analysis of accidents.
  • If 2 Control Rods, 7 hours8.101852e-5 days <br />0.00194 hours <br />1.157407e-5 weeks <br />2.6635e-6 months <br /> - to be in Hot Standby
  • If Rod Deviation Monitor is inoperable, compare RPls to Step Counters every 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.
3. T.S. 3.1.3.5 - SHUTDOWN ROD INSERTION LIMIT
  • Covered in Steps 7 and 9
  • 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> - to restore OR declare inoperable.
  • If Rod Deviation Monitor is inoperable, compare RPls to Step Counters every 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.
4. T.S. 3.1.3.6 - CONTROL ROD INSERTION LIMIT
  • Covered in Steps 8 and 9.
  • 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> - to restore OR to reduce power to within guidelines of COLR.
  • If Rod Deviation Monitor is inoperable, compare RPls to Step Counters every 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.
5. T.S. 3.2.1 - AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE
  • Covered in Steps 5 and 8.
  • 30 minutes to get power less than 50% AND the next 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> to set the NIS trip setpoint to 55%.
6. T.S. 3.2.4 - QUADRANT POWER TILT RA TIO
  • Covered in Step 6.
  • 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> to perform AND required every hour thereafter while QPTR exceeds 2%.
  • If QPTR is greater than 9%, reduce power 3% for every 1% QPTR exceeds 1 within 30 minutes.
  • If QPTR is greater then 2%, reduce power 3% for every 1% QPTR exceeds 1 within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.
  • Reduce the NIS trip setpoints the same amount within the next 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

OPERATION[ ~y LOG 11 QA RECORD PAGE n System, major component, cubicle or WORK rack door or panel to be manipulated CONTROL KEY ISSUED KEY RETURNED/LOCK RESTORED MODE orop~ned that allows NO. EVAL manipulation TO PERSON ISSUED Vt::RIFIED (INIT) DATE BY(NAME& DATE&

NAME NUMBER (procedure or (NAME & BY. LOCKED clearance No.) &TIME DEPT) TIME DEPT) (NAME) (NOTE 1)

\

""' \

NOTE 1: Each cubicle, rack door, or panel that was unlocked shall be verified to be closed and locked. Enter name ofp~rson perfor:ming the verification (Ref. Step 5.4.4).

Reviewed B y : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Date: ---------..,.,...,.._

Shift Manager or SRO. Designee F-527 -Rev. 2 (05/21/08-0-ADM-205) .

LOIT L-15-1 NRC Exam material controlled by TR-AA-230-1009, Training Examination Security.

Simulator - JPM B LOIT L-15-1 NRC Exam material controlled by TR-AA-230-1009, Training Examination Security.

JPM TITLE: Drain The 38 Accumulator For Boron And Level Adjustment JPM NUMBER: 1064003101 REV. 0-0 TASK NUMBER(S) I 1064003100/

TASK TITLE(S): Drain the Accumulators KIA NUMBERS: 006 A1.13 KIA VALUE: RO 3.5 /SRO 3.7 Justification (FOR KIA VALUES <3.0): N/A TASK APPLICABILITY:

~RO ~SRO D STA D Non-Lie D SRO CERT D OTHER: _ _

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING: Simulate/Walkthrough: Perform: IT]

EVALUATION LOCATION: In-Plant: D Control Room: D Simulator: ITJ Other:

Lab:

Time for Completion: 30 Minutes Time Critical: No Alternate Path [NRC]: Yes Alternate Path [INPO]: Yes Date Training Program Owner TR-M-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L~ 15-1 NRC Simulator - J PM

1064003101, Drain The 3B Accumulator For Boron And Level Adjustment , Rev. 0 JPM Page 3 of 18 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.

REVIEW STATEMENTS YES NO N/A

1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
7. If the task is time critical, is the time critical portion based upon actual task performance requirements?
8. Is the job level appropriate for the task being evaluated if required?
9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /

Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?

12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?

TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.

All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.

Protected Content: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material)

{C001}

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM B

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

1064003101, Drain The 3B Accumulator For Boron And Level Adjustment , Rev. 0 JPM Page 4 of 18 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

SUPERVISOR DATE TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM B

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

1064003101, Drain The 3B Accumulator For Boron And Level Adjustment , Rev. 0 JPM Page 5 of 18 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION SIMULATOR SET-UP: (Only required for simulator JPMs)

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

_____ 1. Reset to IC 1 or equivalent IC.

_____ 2. Place Simulator in RUN.

_____ 3. Ensure applicable portions of Simulator Operator Checklist are complete.

_____ 4. Open and Execute L-15-1 NRC JPM B.lsn.

1. Trigger SETUP - ADJUST 3B ACCUM LEVEL HI AND BORON LOW
2. Verify SETUP - ADJUST 3A ACCUM LEVEL UP, BORON AND PRESSURE LOW triggers
3. Verify DELETE SETUP STEPS triggers
4. Verify CV-3-852A VALVE LEAKAGE WHEN DRAINING 3B ACCUM is in CONDITION state

_____ 5. Allow the plant to stabilize.

_____ 6. Acknowledge alarms and place Simulator in FREEZE.

_____ 7. Save as a temporary IC if JPM will be repeated.

_____ 8. When ready to begin, then place Simulator in RUN.

SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS:

  • insert TVMVV55L 0.05 delay=0 ramp=0 on=0 off=0 SIMULATOR OVERRIDES:

N/A SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS:

  • insert TAMCTMAB 56655.797 delay=0 ramp=0 on=0 off=0
  • insert TAMCTBAB 2050.0176 delay=0 ramp=0 on=0 off=0
  • insert TAMCTBAA 2325.0066 delay=0 ramp=0 on=0 off=0
  • insert TAMCTMAA 55487.53 delay=0 ramp=0 on=0 off=0 TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM B

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

1064003101, Drain The 3B Accumulator For Boron And Level Adjustment , Rev. 0 JPM Page 6 of 18 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Required Materials: HANDOUT 3-NOP-064, Safety Injection Accumulators General

References:

3-NOP-064, Safety Injection Accumulators 3-ARP-097.CR.H, Control Room Response Panel H Task Standards: Drain 3B Accumulator.

Secure after recognizing that 3A Accumulator level is also lowering.

Re-pressurize 3A Accumulator to clear Low Pressure alarm.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM B

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

1064003101, Drain The 3B Accumulator For Boron And Level Adjustment , Rev. 0 JPM Page 7 of 18 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Unit 3 is in Mode 1 at 100% power.
  • No other equipment is OOS.
  • All prerequisites are complete.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • The US has directed you to perform 3-NOP-094, Safety Injection Accumulators, Section 5.2 to drain 3B Accumulator to 6500 gallons for boron addition and level adjustment.
  • The normal drain path will be used, 3B Accumulator pressure does not need to be maintained while draining and the accumulator will not be vented.
  • Maintain all other plant parameters stable and within band while performing this procedure.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM B

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

1064003101, Drain The 3B Accumulator For Boron And Level Adjustment , Rev. 0 JPM Page 8 of 18 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:

NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).

NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.

Performance Step: Obtain required materials.

Critical Standard: Obtain copy of 3-NOP-064, section 5.2 Evaluator Cue: Provide copy of HANDOUT 3-NOP-064 Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step:

Critical N (SEQ-2)

Standard: Recognize that RCDT is available.

Evaluator Note: This is the beginning of Section 5.2, Draining Accumulators.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM B

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

1064003101, Drain The 3B Accumulator For Boron And Level Adjustment , Rev. 0 JPM Page 9 of 18 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Performance Step:

Critical N (SEQ-3)

Standard: Verify 3A and 3C level and pressure parameters are SAT.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step:

Critical N (SEQ-4)

Standard: Recognize that prereqs are complete.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM B

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

1064003101, Drain The 3B Accumulator For Boron And Level JPM Adjustment , Rev. 0 Page 10 of NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 18 Performance Step:

Critical N (SEQ-5)

Standard: Mark Step 4 N/A.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step:

Critical N (SEQ-6)

Standard: Record current level.

Evaluator Note: Recording on procedure is adequate. If necessary, tell candidate that another Operator will make the log entry.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM B

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

1064003101, Drain The 3B Accumulator For Boron And Level JPM Adjustment , Rev. 0 Page 11 of NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 18 Performance Step:

Critical N (SEQ-7)

Standard: Mark N/A. Pressure does not need to be maintained and the accumulator will not be vented.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

Performance Step:

Critical Y (SEQ-8)

Standard: Open CV-3-852B.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

Performance Step: Recognize lowering level and pressure in 3A Accumulator Critical Y (SEQ-9)

Standard: Close CV-3-852B Evaluator Note: Lowering level from leakage also causes Low Pressure alarm H-2/1 to come in.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM B

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

1064003101, Drain The 3B Accumulator For Boron And Level JPM Adjustment , Rev. 0 Page 12 of NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 18 Performance Step: Recover pressure in 3A Accumulator Critical N (SEQ-10)

Standard: Secure drain of 3B and perform Section 4.2.5 to increase pressure in 3A Accumulator.

Evaluator Note: May also use Section 4.2.4 to increase pressure.

See PERFORMANCE STEP for applicable sections. Mark non-applicable steps N/A.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

Performance Step: Section 4.2.4 Critical N (SEQ-11)

Standard: Verify PCV-3-846 is adjusted properly.

Evaluator Note: Steps 4.2.4.1-5 are N/A Evaluator/Booth Cue: PCV-3-846 is set at 650 psig.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM B

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

1064003101, Drain The 3B Accumulator For Boron And Level JPM Adjustment , Rev. 0 Page 13 of NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 18 Performance Step: Section 4.2.5 Critical N (SEQ-12)

Standard: Notify System Engineer, if applicable.

Evaluator Note: If pressure decreased by less than 15 psig, no notification is necessary.

Booth Operator Note: Acknowledge notification.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

Performance Step: BOTH Sections Critical N (SEQ-13)

Standard: Recognize detectors are not in service.

Evaluator/Booth Cue: If asked, state that Movable Incore Detectors are NOT in service.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM B

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

1064003101, Drain The 3B Accumulator For Boron And Level JPM Adjustment , Rev. 0 Page 14 of NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 18 Performance Step: Section 4.2.5 Critical N (SEQ-14)

Standard: Nitrogen is available, mark N/A.

Evaluator/Booth Cue: If asked, state that the High Pressure Nitrogen supply is aligned.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: BOTH Sections Critical Y (SEQ-15)

Standard: Open CV-3-855 Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM B

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

1064003101, Drain The 3B Accumulator For Boron And Level JPM Adjustment , Rev. 0 Page 15 of NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 18 Performance Step: Section 4.2.4 Critical Y (SEQ-16)

Standard: Log initial pressure.

Evaluator Note: Logging on procedure is acceptable.

Evaluator Cue: If necessary, state another operator will make the log entry.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: BOTH Sections Critical Y (SEQ-17)

Standard: Open CV-3-853A Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM B

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

1064003101, Drain The 3B Accumulator For Boron And Level JPM Adjustment , Rev. 0 Page 16 of NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 18 Performance Step: BOTH Sections Critical N (SEQ-18)

Standard: Monitor for pressure increase.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: BOTH Sections Critical Y (SEQ-19)

Standard:

  • Increase pressure to clear alarm
  • Close CV-3-853A Evaluator Note: Alarm comes in between 625 psig and 665 psig Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Terminating Cues: When 3A Accumulator nitrogen addition has been secured, state this completes the JPM.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

Stop Time:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM B

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

1064003101, Drain The 3B Accumulator For Boron And Level JPM Adjustment , Rev. 0 Page 17 of NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 18 Examinee: Evaluator:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT Date:

LOIT RO LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS: SAT: UNSAT:

Remediation required: YES NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).

EXAMINER NOTE: ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.

EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:

NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM B NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM Page 18 of 18 TURNOVER SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Unit 3 is in Mode 1 at 100% power.
  • No other equipment is OOS.
  • All prerequisites are complete.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • The US has directed you to perform 3-NOP-094, Safety Injection Accumulators, Section 5.2 to drain 3B Accumulator to 6500 gallons for boron addition and level adjustment.
  • The normal drain path will be used, 3B Accumulator pressure does not need to be maintained while draining and the accumulator will not be vented.
  • Maintain all other plant parameters stable and within band while performing this procedure.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

Procedure No.

I 3-NOP-064 Revision No.

SAFETY RELATED 6 CONTINUOUS USE

Title:

INJ ACCU ULATORS Responsible Department: OPERATIONS Special Considerations:

I This is an Upgraded Procedure.

FOR INFORMATION ONLY Before use, verify revision and change documentation (if applicable) with!331J.irolled index or document.

DATE VERIFIED -:tf2fZ-<A.Y INITIAL___._/\_ __

Revision Approved By Approval Date UNIT# UNIT3 DATE DOCT PROCEDURE 0 Steve Murano 03/15/11 DOCN 3-NOP-064 SYS STATUS COMPLETED 6 Mike 'I 0/27/13 REV 6 PGS

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 2 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 REVISION

SUMMARY

Rev. No. Description 6 PCR 1886751, 10/27/13, Joseph Turek PCR 01861614, Alignment status of HHSI added to section titles 4.2.1 and 4.2.2.

PCR 1672453

  • Steps 4.2.5.2 and 4.2.5.3 removed .
  • Step 4.2.5.4 "IF using high pressure nitrogen, THEN" is deleted .
  • Steps 4.2.5.7.A, 4.2.5.7.E, 4.2.5.8.A, 4.2.5.8.E, 4.2.5.9.A, 4.2.5.9.E are deleted.
  • Added a step at the end of Section 4.2.5 to remind the operator to make the appropriate log entries for information required by Section 6.0.
  • Steps 4.2.5.7.C, 4.2.5.8.C, 4.2.5.9.C, delete the Plant Curve Book Graph. The Note prior to Step 4.2.5.7 shows Tech Spec minimum and maximum. The same revisions are in Sections 4.2.4 and 5.2.
  • Step 4.2.5.12 "IF Section 4.2.5 Step 5 was performed, THEN" deleted .

PCR 01637220

  • Removed the use of temporary hoses to determine level in accumulators during make up operations.
  • Removed lineup verification in Step 4.2.1.3
  • Removed lineup verification in 4.2.1.4 and 4.2.1.5 .
  • Removed Attachment 4, Starting an SI Pump, and incorporated starting pump aligned for flow recirc whenever starting an SI pump to begin filling the Accumulator.
  • Incorporated Caution to alert operators that running SI pump on minimum recirc for greater than 30 minutes could damage the pump.
  • Revised Caution prior to Step 4.2.1.6 to include line up verification every 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

5 AR 1792810, 11/29/1 T.Jones Enhancement for T.S. 3.5.2. ECCS.

,,,-~- - .--

REVISION NO.: ,~_II 1-1 ll i ~TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 3 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 1-----------'--------------**-------.. . . . .---..........Y TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE ................................................................................................................... 4 2.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ........................................................................... 4 3.0 PREREQUISITES ....................................................................................................... 6 4.0 NORMAL OPERATIONS .......................... :.................................................................. 7 4.1 Startup ......................................................................................................................... 7 4.1.1 Establishing Normal Accumulator System Alignment .................................................. 7 4.2 Operation ..................................................................................................................... 8 4.2.1 Accumulator Make-Up with RCS Temperature Less Than 380°F - With HHSI Isolated .............................................................................................................. 8 4.2.2 Accumulator Make-Up with RCS Temperature Greater Than 380°F - With HHSI Aligned ............................................................................................................. 15 4.2.3 Make-Up to the Accumulators ................................................................................... 24 4.2.4 Increasing Accumulator Nitrogen Pressure ............................................................... 30 4.2.5 Nitrogen Addition During at Power Conditions .......................................................... 35 4.2.6 Venting Nitrogen from Accumulators ......................................................................... 39 4.3 Shutdown .................................................................................................................. 40 5.0 INFREQUENT OPERATIONS ................................................................................... 41 5.1 Increasing Accumulator Nitrogen Pressure Using 3-4619L, Bypass ......................... 41 5.2 Draining Accumulators .............................................................................................. 45 5.3 Accumulator Level Makeup for 3-0SP-064.1, SI Check Valve Full Flow Test ........... 51 6.0 RECORDS ................................................................................................................. 64

7.0 REFERENCES

AND COMMITMENTS ..................................................................... 64 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT 1 Accumulator Valve Alignment ...................................................... 66 ATTACHMENT 2 Accumulator Control Room Switch Alignment. ............................. 72 ATTACHMENT 3 Aligning SI Pump(s) for Full Flow Recirc ...................................... 74 ATTACHMENT 4 Stopping SI Pump(s) .................................................................... 76

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 4 of PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for filling, venting, adding nitrogen, starting and stopping, and alignment of the Safety Injection Accumulators.

2.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 Precautions

1. An Accumulator shall be considered INOPERABLE if any of the following conditions exist and NO other means exists to determine the Accumulator level or pressure:
  • One level channel indicates less than 6520 gallons or greater than 6820 gallons, unless l&C Department has verified the channel is in error and the other channel is known to be calibrated.
  • One pressure channel indicates less than 600 psig or greater than 675 psig, unless l&C Department has verified the channel is in error and the other channel is known to be calibrated.
  • Both level channels indicate less than 6520 gallons or greater than 6820 gallons.
  • Both pressure channels indicate less than 600 psig or greater than 675 psig.
2. A deviation between associated Accumulator level channels of greater than 40 gallons, or greater than 25 psig for the associated pressure channels, should have a PWO submitted to ensure the deviation is corrected. (Section 7.2 Commitment 1)
3. When using large makeup volumes such as filling accumulators following an outage, the RWST(s) with operable HHSI Pumps aligned is maintained between a boron concentration of 2400 ppm to 2600 ppm and above the minimum level of 320,000 gallons to satisfy pump operability.

PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 5 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 Limitations In accordance with recommendations of ERT-87-002, Accumulator levels and pressures shall be monitored in MODE 5 and 6. An Accumulator that is leaking nitrogen saturated water into a depressurized RCS may cause nitrogen voids in the RCS if the leak rate exceeds the RCS vent rate or if the gas space is leaking into the RCS. Voids can also occur when the RCS is depressurized following _an extended period of low pressure operations with the RCS at 100 psig in which an Accumulator had leaked the major portion of its contents into the RCS prior to the depressurization; therefore, the following limitations apply:

Accumulators are vented to atmosphere if all the following conditions apply:

  • 3-0SP-064.1, SI Check Valve Full Flow Test, NOT performed while in MODE 5 or 6.

Pressure in a fully charged Accumulator has lowered to less than 250 psig.

  • RCS does NOT meet the LOOPS FILLED criteria.
  • NO other evolutions have occurred since the Accumulator MOV was closed.

If some Accumulator volume has been drained or Accumulator has been vented since it was removed from service and the vent criteria above has been met and it is NOT desired to vent the Accumulator to atmosphere, then Tech Staff concurrence is required.

During the restoration of a drained Accumulator, the level will be off scale low with the pressure less than 250 psig and the RCS is likely to be depressurized. Although the vent criteria above is met, the Accumulator is NOT required to be vented to atmosphere while it is in this partial fill and pressure state. However, while the Accumulator is in transition, any unexplained decrease in pressure in excess of10%

should be evaluated for excessive Accumulator leakage into the RCS and may require venting to prevent leakage of the gas space into the RCS. This is required until either the RCS meets the LOOPS Fl criteria or the Accumulator levels are on

NO.: J-lKt H H lL) TITL PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION f\CCUMULA TORS 6 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 3.0 PREREQUISITES INITIAL

~

OBTAIN Shift Manager permission to perform this instruction. /)

CHECK another operator is available for Concurrent or Independent Verification. L1

~ CHECK the following systems are available to support the Safety Injection Accumulator System:

ftf Nitrogen System I\

ff Instrument Air System I\

ft! Plant Electrical System /)

ff Safety Injection System /\

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: 'PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 24 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2.3 Make-Up to the Accumulators NOTE

  • 1% Accumulator tank volume is equivalent to 85 gallons.
1. IF make-up during normal plant operations for a 5 gallon loss within a 4 hour4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> time period, THEN NOTIFY the System Engineer for an evaluation.
2. CHECK Accumulator pressure is at least 150 psig.
3. CHECK RCS temperature is greater than 380°F.
4. CHECK Breaker 30897 for MOV-3-869, 3A & 38 HOT LEG ISOL VALVE, is ON.
5. IF HHSI Pump suction aligned to Unit 4, THEN ENSURE Unit 4 RWST purification loop SHUTDOWN per 4-NOP-033, Spent Fuel Pit Cooling System.
6. IF HHSI Pump suction aligned to Unit 3, THEN ENSURE Unit 3 RWST purification loop SHUTDOWN per 3-NOP-033, Spent Fuel Pit Cooling System.
7. ENSURE Attachment 3, Aligning SI Pump(s) for Full Flow Recirc, is complete.

CAUTION A Containment Isolation or Safety Injection actuation signal requires, MOV-3-869, SI TO HOT LEG ISOL.CV-3-851A, 3A ACCUMULATOR MAKE-UP, CV-3-8518, 38 ACCUMULATOR MAKE-UP, and CV-3-851C, 3C ACCUMULATOR MAKE-UP, to be CLOSED to ensure system integrity.

8. IF a Safety Injection or Containment Isolation signal occurs, THEN:

A. CLOSE CV-3-851A, 3A ACCUMULATOR MAKE-UP.

8. CLOSE CV-3-851 B, 38 ACCUMULATOR MAKE-UP.

C. CLOS CV-3-851C, 3C ACCUMULATOR MAKE-UP.

CLOS MOV-3-869, SI TO HOT LEG ISOL.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 25 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2.3 Make-Up to the Accumulators (continued)

CAUTION With RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, only one Accumulator make-up valve shall be OPENED at a time.

9. IF making-up to 3A Accumulator, THEN:

A. LOG 3A Accumulator initial level in Narrative Log.

B. OPEN CV-3-851A, 3AACCUMULATOR MAKE-UP.

NOTE Should Accumulators 38, 3C, or any of the Unit 4 Accumulators levels change by more than 50 gallons, while operating an SI Pump, a sample of the affected Accumulator is required per Tech Specs 4.5.1.1.b.

CAUTION Operation of the Safety Injection Pump on minimum flow for more than 30 minutes may result in severe pump damage. Establishing a flowpath to the Accumulators as soon as possible is essential.

C. START the SI pump which was aligned in Attachment 3, Aligning SI Pump(s) for Full Flow Recirc.

CAUTION

  • Accumulator pressure will raise while filling. The Accumulator 700 psig relief valve may lift if filling is excessive.
  • Accumulator pressures are to be maintained within Tech Spec range of 600 to 675 psig.

D. OPEN MOV-3-869, SI TO HOT LEG ISOL.

E. MONITOR Accumulator level and pressure indicators.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 26 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2.3 Make-Up to the Accumulators (continued) INITIAL Step 9. (continued)

CAUTION In MODES 1, 2, or 3 with RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, Technical Specifications require Accumulator levels to be in the range of 6520 to 6820 gallons; however, to account for possible instrument inaccuracies, the required range has been administratively established at 6552 to 6788 gallons.

F. WHEN Accumulator level is between 6552 and 6788 gallons, THEN CLOSE MOV-3-869, SI TO HOT LEG ISOL.

IV G. CLOSE CV-3-851A, 3A ACCUMULATOR MAKE-UP.

IV CAUTION With RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, only one Accumulator make-up valve shall be OPENED at a time.

10. IF making-up to 38 Accumulator, TH EN:

A. LOG 38 Accumulator initial level in Narrative Log.

8. OPEN CV-3-8518, 38 ACCUMULATOR MAKE-UP.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 27 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2.3 Make-Up to the Accumulators (continued) INITIAL Step 10. (continued)

NOTE Should Accumulators 3A, 3C, or any of the Unit 4 Accumulators levels change by more than 50 gallons, while operating an SI Pump, a sample of the affected Accumulator is required per Tech Specs 4.5.1.1.b.

CAUTION Operation of the Safety Injection Pump on minimum flow for more than 30 minutes may result in severe pump damage. Establishing a flowpath to the Accumulators as soon as possible is essential.

C. START the SI pump which was aligned in Attachment 3, Aligning SI Pump(s) for Full Flow Recirc.

CAUTION

  • Accumulator pressure will raise while filling. The Accumulator 700 psig relief valve may lift if filling is excessive.
  • Accumulator pressures are to be maintained within the Tech Spec range of 600 to 675 psig.

D. OPEN MOV-3-869, SI TO HOT LEG ISOL.

E. MONITOR Accumulator level and pressure indicators.

CAUTION In MODES 1, 2, or 3 with RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, Technical Specifications require Accumulator levels to be in the range of 6520 to 6820 gallons; however, to account for possible instrument inaccuracies, the required range has been administratively established at 6552 to 6788 gallons.

F. WHEN Accumulator level is between 6552 and 6788 gallons, THEN CLOSE MOV-3-869, SI TO HOT LEG ISOL.

IV

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 28 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2.3 Make-Up to the Accumulators (continued) INITIAL Step 10. (continued)

G. CLOSE CV-3-8518, 38 ACCUMULATOR MAKE-UP.

IV CAUTION With RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, only one Accumulator make-up valve shall be OPENED at a time.

11. IF making-up to 3C Accumulator, THEN:

A. LOG 3C Accumulator initial level in Narrative Log.

B. OPEN CV-3-851C, 38 ACCUMULATOR MAKE-UP.

NOTE Should Accumulators 3A, 38, or any of the Unit 4 Accumulators levels change more than 50 gallons, while operating an SI Pump, a sample of the affected Accumulator is required per Tech Specs 4.5.1.1.b.

CAUTION Operation of the Safety Injection Pump on minimum flow for more than 30 minutes may result in severe pump damage. Establishing a flowpath to the Accumulators as soon as possible is essential.

C. START the SI pump which was aligned in Attachment 3, Aligning SI Pump(s) for Full Flow Recirc.

CAUTION

  • Accumulator pressure will raise while filling. The Accumulator 700 psig relief valve may lift if filling is excessive.
  • Accumulator pressures are to be maintained within the Tech Spec range of 600 to 675 psig.

MOV-3-869, SI TO HOT LEG ISOL.

re indicators.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 29 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2.3 Make-Up to the Accumulators (continued) INITIAL Step 11. (continued)

CAUTION In MODES 1, 2, or 3 with RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, Technical Specifications require Accumulator levels to be in the range of 6520 to 6820 gallons; however, to account for possible instrument inaccuracies, the required range is administratively established at 6552 to 6788 gallons.

F. WHEN Accumulator level is between 6552 and 6788 gallons, THEN CLOSE MOV-3-869, SI TO HOT LEG ISOL.

IV G. CLOSE CV-3-851C, 3C ACCUMULATOR MAKE-UP VALVE.

IV

12. IF SI Pump operation is NOT required, THEN STOP the operating pump per Attachment 4, Stopping SI Pump(s).

CAUTION Chemistry sample results are required within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> by Tech Specs 4.5.1.1.b, after each solution volume change of greater than or equal to 1% of tank volume.

13. NOTIFY Chemistry to sample Accumulator(s) for boron concentration.
14. ENSURE Chemistry sampling results for the Accumulators has been entered in Unit Narrative Log.
15. IF Section 4.2.3 Step 5 was performed, THEN ENSURE

. Unit 4 RWST purification loop restored per 4-NOP-033, Spent Fuel Pit Cooling System.

16. IF Section 4.2.3 Step 6 was performed, THEN ENSURE Unit 3 RWST purification loop restored per 3-NOP-033, Spent Fuel Pit Cooling System.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 30 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2.4 Increasing Accumulator Nitrogen Pressure NOTE

  • Nitrogen should NOT be added to an Accumulator unless water volume has been verified. 500 gallons should be added to the Accumulator if water volume verification is NOT possible.
  • A Chemistry sample will provide a positive means of verifying Accumulator water volume, since the sample line is located above the volume required to fill the discharge piping.
1. IF Accumulator volume is NOT known OR less than 500 gallons, THEN REQUEST Chemistry to confirm an Accumulator water sample can be obtained by using applicable Chemistry procedures.
2. IF Accumulator volume can NOT be verified to be at least 500 gallons, THEN GO TO either Section 4.2.1 or Section 4.2.2.
3. IF pressurizing a partially drained Accumulator so complete pressurization will occur when Accumulator is filled, THEN ENSURE Dewar Unit aligned per O-NOP-065.03, Nitrogen Gas System.

NOTE Approximately 40 bottles or 3 trailer rows of nitrogen are required to pressurize the Accumulators from atmospheric conditions to the required operating pressure.

4. IF large quantities of nitrogen will be used to pressurize an Accumulator from atmospheric to operating pressure, THEN ENSURE nitrogen trailer aligned to High Pressure Nitrogen Header per O-NOP-065.03, Nitrogen Gas System.
5. IF Accumulator volume is at least 500 gallons, but less than 6552 gallons, THEN ADJUST PCV-3-846, ACCUMULATOR NITROGEN PRESSURE REGULATOR, to maintain 150 to 170 psig.
6. IF Accumulator level is indicating between 6552 and 6788 gallons, THEN ADJUST PCV-3-846, ACCUMULATOR NITROGEN PRESSURE REGULATOR, to maintain between 635 and 665 psig.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 31 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2.4 Increasing Accumulator Nitrogen Pressure (continued) INITIAL

7. IF high pressure nitrogen is required AND PCV-3-846, ACCUMULATOR NITROGEN PRESSURE REGULATOR, is NOT available, THEN GO TO Section 5.1.
8. IF using high pressure nitrogen, THEN ENSURE Movable lncore Detectors are NOT in-service.

NOTE HCV-3-936, VENT VALVE FOR ACCUMULATORS GAS SPACE, will open and vent nitrogen to Containment, if nitrogen header pressure exceeds 900 psig.

9. OPEN CV-3-855, ACCUMULATOR NITROGEN ISOLATION.

CAUTION

  • Technical Specifications require Accumulator pressures be maintained in the range of 600 and 675 psig.
  • With RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, only one Accumulator vent valve shall be OPENED at a time.
10. IF increasing 3A Accumulator nitrogen pressure, THEN:

A. LOG 3A Accumulator initial pressure in Narrative Log.

8. OPEN CV-3-853A, 3A ACCUMULATOR VENT.

C. IF a positive Accumulator pressure rise is NOT observed OR nitrogen use is greater than 40 bottles or 3 trailer rows, THEN:

(1) CLOSE CV-3-853A, 3A ACCUMULATOR VENT.

IV (2) NOTIFY Shift Manager concerning the excessive nitrogen use.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 32 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2.4 Increasing Accumulator Nitrogen Pressure (continued) INITIAL Step 10. , (continued)

D. WHEN 3A Accumulator reaches the desired pressure, THEN CLOSE CV-3-853A, 3A ACCUMULATOR VENT.

IV E. LOG 3A Accumulator final pressure in Narrative Log.

CAUTION With RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, only one Accumulator vent valve shall be OPENED at a time.

11. IF increasing 38 Accumulator nitrogen pressure, THEN:

A. LOG 38 Accumulator initial pressure in Narrative Log.

B. OPEN CV-3-8538, 38 ACCUMULATOR VENT.

c. IF a positive Accumulator pressure rise is NOT observed OR nitrogen use greater than 40 bottles or 3 trailer rows, THEN:

(1) CLOSE CV-3-8538, 38 ACCUMULATOR VENT.

IV (2) NOTIFY Shift Manager concerning the excessive nitrogen use.

D. WHEN 38 Accumulator reaches the desired pressure, I THEN CLOSE CV-3-8538, 38 ACCUMULATOR VENT.

IV E. LOG 38 Accumulator final pressure in Narrative Log.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 33 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2.4 Increasing Accumulator Nitrogen Pressure (continued) INITIAL CAUTION With RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, only one Accumulator vent valve shall be OPENED at a time.

12. IF increasing 3C Accumulator nitrogen pressure, THEN:

A. LOG 3C Accumulator initial pressure in Narrative Log.

B. OPEN CV-3-853C, 3C ACCUMULATOR VENT.

C. IF a positive Accumulator pressure rise is NOT observed OR nitrogen use is greater than 40 bottles or 3 trailer rows, THEN:

(1) CLOSE CV-3-853C, 3C ACCUMULATOR VENT.

IV (2) NOTIFY Shift Manager concerning the excessive nitrogen use.

D. WHEN 3C Accumulator reaches the desired pressure, THEN CLOSE CV-3-853C, 3C ACCUMULATOR VENT.

IV E. LOG 3C Accumulator final pressure in Narrative Log.

13. IF nitrogen is vented to Containment, THEN NOTIFY Shift Manager.
14. ALIGN High Pressure Nitrogen Supply as follows:

A. CLOSE CV-3-855, ACCUMULATOR NITROGEN ISOLATION.

IV B. ENSURE CV-3-855, ACCUMULATOR NITROGEN ISOLATION, control switch is in AUTO.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 34 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2.4 'Increasing Accumulator Nitrogen Pressure (continued)

15. REMOVE nitrogen supply from Accumulator nitrogen supply header per O-NOP-065.03, Nitrogen Gas System.

End of Section 4.2.4

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 35 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2.5 Nitrogen Addition During at Power Conditions NOTE This section raises Accumulator nitrogen pressure during normal plant operating conditions in MODES 1, 2, and 3.

1. IF adding nitrogen during normal plant operation for a 15 psig pressure drop within an 8 hour9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> period, THEN NOTIFY System Engineer for an evaluation.
2. ENSURE Movable lncore Detectors are NOT in-service.

CAUTION HCV-3-936, VENT VALVE FOR ACCUMULATORS GAS SPACE will open and vent nitrogen to Containment if nitrogen header pressure exceeds 900 psig.

3. IF High Pressure Nitrogen Supply is NOT aligned, THEN:

A. ALIGN high pressure nitrogen to the Accumulator nitrogen supply header per O-NOP-065.03, Nitrogen Gas System.

B. IF PCV-3-846, ACCUMULATOR NITROGEN PRESSURE REGULATOR, is NOT available, THEN GO TO Section 5.1.

C. ENSURE PCV-3-846, ACCUMULATOR NITROGEN PRESSURE REGULATOR, is adjusted to maintain 635 to 665 psig.

CAUTION Excessive nitrogen header pressure may cause 700 psig Accumulator Relief valve to lift.

4. OPEN CV-3-855, ACCUMULATOR NITROGEN ISOLATION.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 36 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2.5 Nitrogen Addition During at Power Conditions (continued) INITIAL CAUTION

  • Technical Specifications require Accumulator pressures to be maintained in the range of 600 to 675 psig.
  • With RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, only one Accumulator vent valve shall be OPENED at a time.
5. IF increasing 3A Accumulator nitrogen pressure, THEN:

A. OPEN CV-3-853A, 3A ACCUMULATOR VENT.

8. IF a positive Accumulator pressure rise is NOT observed, THEN CLOSE CV-3-853A, 3A ACCUMULATOR VENT.

IV

c. WHEN 3A Accumulator reaches the desired pressure, THEN CLOSE CV-3-853A, 3A ACCUMULATOR VENT.

J. IV I

CAUTION With RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, only one Accumulator vent valve shall be OPENED at a time.

6. IF increasing 38 Accumulator nitrogen pressure, THEN:

A. OPEN CV-3-8538, 38 ACCUMULATOR VENT VALVE.

8. IF a positive Accumulator pressure rise is NOT observed, THEN CLOSE CV-3-8538, 38 ACCUMULATOR VENT.

-1v

c. WHEN 38 Accumulator reaches the desired pressure, I THEN CLOSE CV-3-8538, 38 ACCUMULATOR VENT.

IV I

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 37 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2.5 Nitrogen Addition During at Power Conditions (continued) INITIAL CAUTION With RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, only one Accumulator vent valve shall be OPENED at a time.

7. IF increasing 3C Accumulator nitrogen pressure, THEN:

A. OPEN CV-3-853C, 3C ACCUMULATOR VENT VALVE.

B. IF a positive Accumulator pressure rise is NOT observed, THEN CLOSE CV-3-853C, 3C ACCUMULATOR VENT.

IV

c. WHEN 3C Accumulator reaches the desired pressure, THEN CLOSE CV-3-853C, 3C ACCUMULATOR VENT.

IV

8. IF nitrogen was vented to Containment, THEN NOTIFY Shift Manager.
9. ALIGN High Pressure Nitrogen Supply as follows:

A. CLOSE CV-3-855, ACCUMULATOR NITROGEN ISOLATION.

IV B. ENSURE CV-3-855, ACCUMULATOR NITROGEN ISOLATION, control switch in AUTO.

IV

10. ENSURE nitrogen supply is* removed from Accumulator nitrogen supply header per O-NOP-065.03, Nitrogen Gas System.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 38 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2.5 Nitrogen Addition During at Power Conditions (continued)

11. ENSURE all log entries specified in Section 6.0 have been recorded.

End of Section 4.2.5

iR'Ev1s10N NO.: PROCEDURE TITL 6

SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 45 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 5.2 Draining Accumulators NOTE This Section allows one or more Accumulators to be drained to reduce level or pressure or for draining in preparation to raise boron concentration.

1. CHECK RCDT available to receive discharge from Accumulators.

NOTE

  • MODES 1, 2, or 3 with RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, Technical Specifications require Accumulator levels between 6520 and 6820 gallons; however, to account for possible instrument inaccuracies, the required range has been administratively established at 6552 to 6788 gallons.
  • Technical Specifications require Accumulator pressures to be maintained in the range of 600 psig to 675 psig.
2. IF in MODES 1, 2, or 3 with RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, AND Accumulator will be drained to less than 6520 gallons, THEN ENSURE the remaining two Accumulators are OPERABLE with:
  • Water levels between 6552 to 6788 gallons.
  • Nitrogen pressure between 625 to 665 psig.
3. IF in MODES 1, 2, or 3 with RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig AND draining Accumulators via the following normal Accumulator drain valves:
  • CV-3-852C, 3C ACCUMULATOR DRAIN THEN ENS_ prerequisites for Containment entry, air samples, briefings, etc. are complete.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 46 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 5.2 Draining Accumulators (continued)

CAUTION With RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, only one Accumulator drain valve shall be OPENED at a time.

4. IF draining 3A Accumulator, THEN:

A. LOG 3A Accumulator initial level in Narrative Log.

B. IF using normal Accumulator drain path, THEN:

(1) IF Accumulator is to remain pressurized as water level decreases, THEN REFER TO Section 4.2.4.

(2) IF Accumulator is to be vented, THEN REFER TO Section 4.2.6.

(3) OPEN CV-3-852A, 3A ACCUMULATOR DRAIN.

(4) WHEN desired level or pressure is obtained, THEN CLOSE CV-3-852A, 3A ACCUMULATOR DRAIN.

IV C. IF using alternate Accumulator drain path, THEN:

(1) IF Accumulator is to remain pressurized as water level decreases, THEN REFER TO Section 4.2.4.

(2) IF Accumulator is to be vented, THEN REFER TO Section 4.2.6.

(3) DIRECT Chemistry drain 3A Accumulator using O-NCZP-064, Obtaining Accumulator Samples.

(4) WHEN desired level or pressure is obtained, THEN DIRECT Chemistry to terminate 3A Accumulator draining per O-NCZP-064, Obtaining Accumulator Samples.

3A final level in

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 47 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 Draining Accumulators (continued) INITIAL Step 4. (continued)

CAUTION Chemistry sample results are required within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> by TS 4.5.1.1.b, after each solution volume change of greater than or equal to 1% of tank volume.

E. IF 3A Accumulator was drained due to in-leakage, THEN:

(1) NOTIFY Chemistry to sample the Accumulator.

(2) LOG time Chemistry was notified in Narrative Log.

CAUTION With RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, only one Accumulator drain valve shall be OPENED at a time.

5. IF draining 38 Accumulator, THEN:

A. LOG 38 Accumulator initial level in Narrative Log.

8. IF using normal Accumulator drain path, THEN:

(1) IF Accumulator is to remain pressurized as wate.r level decreases, THEN REFER TO Section 4.2.4.

(2) IF Accumulator is to be vented, THEN REFER TO Section 4.2.6.

(3) OPEN CV-3-8528, 38 ACCUMULATOR DRAIN.

(4) WHEN desired level or pressure is obtained, THEN CLOSE CV-3-8528, 38 ACCUMULATOR DRAIN.

IV

_,,,~~-----.--~--*--~,.._-------..---------------~--------------*----~i-u-------""'-il REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 48 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 Accumulators (continued)

Step 5. (continued)

C. IF using alternate Accumulator drain path, THEN:

(1) IF Accumulator is to remain pressurized as water level decreases, THEN REFER TO Section 4.2.4.

(2) IF Accumulator is to be vented, THEN REFER TO Section 4.2.6.

(3) DIRECT Chemistry to drain 38 Accumulator per O-NCZP-064, Obtaining Accumulator Samples.

(4) WHEN desired level or pressure is obtained, THEN DIRECT Chemistry to terminate draining per O-NCZP-064, Obtaining Accumulator Samples.

D. LOG 38 Accumulator final level in Narrative Log.

CAUTION Chemistry sample results are required within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> by TS 4.5.1.1.b, after each solution volume change of greater than or equal to 1% of tank volume.

E. IF 38 Accumulator was drained due to in-leakage, THEN:

(1) NOTIFY Chemistry to sample the Accumulator.

(2) LOG time Chemistry was notified in Narrative Log.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 49 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 5.2 Draining Accumulators (continued) INITIAL CAUTION With RCS pressure greater than 1000 psig, only one Accumulator drain valve shall be OPENED at a time.

6. IF draining the 3C Accumulator, THEN:

A. LOG 3C Accumulator initial level in Narrative Log B. IF using normal Accumulator drain path, THEN:

(1) IF Accumulator is to remain pressurized as water level decreases, THEN REFER TO Section 4.2.4.

(2) IF Accumulator is to be vented, THEN REFER TO Section 4.2.6.

(3) OPEN CV-3-852C, 3C ACCUMULATOR DRAIN.

(4) WHEN desired level or pressure is obtained, THEN I CLOSE CV-3-852C, 3C ACCUMULATOR DRAIN.

IV

c. IF using alternate Accumulator drain path, THEN:

(1) IF Accumulator is to remain pressurized as water level decreases, THEN REFER TO Section 4.2.4.

(2) IF Accumulator is to be vented, THEN REFER TO Section 4.2.6.

(3) DIRECT Chemistry to drain 3C Accumulator using O-NCZP-064, Obtaining Accumulator Samples.

(4) WHEN desired level or pressure is obtained, THEN I DIRECT Chemistry to terminate draining per O-NCZP-064, Obtaining Accumulator Samples.

3C Accumulator final level in Narrative Log.

PAGE:

6 SAFETY INJECTION ACCUMULATORS 50 of 80 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-064 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 Draining Accumulators (continued)

Step 6. (continued)

CAUTION Chemistry sample results are required within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> by TS 4.5.1.1.b, after each solution volume change of greater than or equal to 1% of tank volume.

E. IF 3C Accumulator was drained due to in-leakage, THEN:

(1) NOTIFY Chemistry to sample the Accumulator.

(2) LOG time Chemistry was notified in Narrative Log.

7. NOTIFY Chemistry to sample Accumulator(s) for boron concentration.
8. ENSURE Chemistry sampling results for the Accumulator has been entered in the Unit Narrative Log.

End of Section 5.2

LOIT L-15-1 NRC Exam material controlled by TR-AA-230-1009, Training Examination Security.

Simulator - JPM C LOIT L-15-1 NRC Exam material controlled by TR-AA-230-1009, Training Examination Security.

JOB MEASU J Page 2of13 NRC L .. 15.. 1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM TITLE: Terminate SI In Accordance with 3=E0P=ES=1.1 JPM NUMBER: L-15-1 NRC JPM C REV. 0-0 TASK NUMBER(S) I 01200035500 I TASK TITLE(S): Terminate SI KIA NUMBERS: 006 A4.01 KIA VALUE: RO 4.1/SRO3.9 Justification (FOR KIA VALUES <3.0): N/A TASK APPLICABILITY:

cgi RO cgi SRO D STA D Non-Lie D SRO CERT D OTHER: _ _

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING: Simulate/Walkthrough: Perform: 0 EVALUATION LOCATION: In-Plant D Control Room: LJ Simulator: ~ Other:

Lab: D Time for Completion: 15 Minutes Time Critical: No Alternate Path [NRC]: Yes Alternate Path [INPO]: Yes I

Date Reviewed by: -----~-*d'_.~_*;;:~:(_;~_*_________________

Instructor (Instructional Re *~w)

SME ~}echnica)~eview) j //l Approved by: ------~-:;:,~*~_/_>::*...... ~-#//_*:_*l~_/,_:._*.**_*****_**~_***_***_*_ _ _ _ __

1

//""'Training Supervision Approved by: ------~-* __ L___* **_**_*_*_***_***_.._n_\::::::_ ... _)C---=-------

Training Program Owner-*

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM C

L-15-1 NRC JPM C, Terminate SI IAW 3-EOP-ES-1.1, Rev. 0 NRC JPM L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 3 of 13 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.

REVIEW STATEMENTS YES NO N/A

1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
7. If the task is time critical, is the time critical portion based upon actual task performance requirements?
8. Is the job level appropriate for the task being evaluated if required?
9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /

Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?

12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?

TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.

All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.

Protected Content: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material)

{C001}

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM C NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM C, Terminate SI IAW 3-EOP-ES-1.1, Rev. 0 NRC JPM L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 4 of 13 UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

SUPERVISOR DATE TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM C NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM C, Terminate SI IAW 3-EOP-ES-1.1, Rev. 0 NRC JPM L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 5 of 13 SIMULATOR SET-UP:

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

_____ 1. Reset to IC 1 or equivalent IC.

_____ 2. Place Simulator in RUN.

_____ 3. Ensure applicable portions of Simulator Operator Checklist are complete.

_____ 4. If NOT using an equivalent IC, execute L-15-1 NRC JPM C.lsn.

_____ 5. If NOT using an equivalent IC, trigger MAIN STEAM BREAK.

_____ 6. If NOT using an equivalent IC, imulator will automatically FREEZE after 5 minutes.

_____ 7. Acknowledge alarms and place Simulator in FREEZE.

_____ 7.

  • Provide a copy of the turnover sheet, (last page of this JPM).
  • Provide a copy of HANDOUT 3-EOP-ES-1.1, SI Termination.

_____ 8. When ready to begin, then place Simulator in RUN.

_____ 9. When the last performance of this JPM is completed for the day, delete any temporary ICs that were created and delete the contents of the Recycle Bin.

SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS:

N/A SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS:

N/A TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM C NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM C, Terminate SI IAW 3-EOP-ES-1.1, Rev. 0 NRC JPM L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 6 of 13 Required Materials:

  • HANDOUT 3-EOP-ES-1.1, SI Termination General

References:

  • 3-EOP-ES-1.1, SI Termination Task Standards:
  • Start a Charging Pump.
  • Secure RHR Pumps.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM C NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM C, Terminate SI IAW 3-EOP-ES-1.1, Rev. 0 NRC JPM L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 7 of 13 HAND JPM BRIEFING SHEET TO EXAMINEE AT THIS TIME!

Read to the examinee:

I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • The BOP has just started performing Attachment 3 of 3-EOP-E-0.
  • The crew transitions from 3-EOP-E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection to 3-EOP-ES-1.1, SI Termination.

INITIATING CUES:

  • The Unit Supervisor directs you to terminate Safety Injection in accordance with 3-EOP-ES-1.1.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet is returned to the evaluator when the JPM is complete.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM C NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM C, Terminate SI IAW 3-EOP-ES-1.1, Rev. 0 NRC JPM L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 8 of 13 JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:

NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).

NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.

CAUTION: The Simulator Operator/Instructor acknowledges non-essential BOP alarms to facilitate the role of an Administrative RO.

Performance Step: Obtain a copy of 3-EOP-ES-1.1, SI Termination.

Critical N (SEQ-1)

Standard:

Obtains a copy of 3-EOP-ES-1.1, SI Termination.

Evaluator Cue:

Provide copy of HANDOUT 3-EOP-ES-1.1 Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: Review Foldout Page Critical N (SEQ-2)

Standard: Review Foldout Page.

Evaluator/Booth Cue: If asked, Unit 4 does NOT have loss of offsite power or safety injection.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM C NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM C, Terminate SI IAW 3-EOP-ES-1.1, Rev. 0 NRC JPM L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 9 of 13 Performance Step: Verify SI - RESET Critical Y (SEQ-3)

Standard: Resets SI by pushing both SI Reset pushbuttons.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: Reset Containment Isolation Phase A and Phase B.

Critical Y (SEQ-4)

Standard: Reset Phase A lockouts and verify Phase B reset.

Evaluator Note: Only resetting Phase A is critical.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

Performance Step: 3. Verify Instrument Air To Containment:

Critical N (SEQ-5) a. CV-3-2803, Instrument Air Containment Isolation - OPEN

b. Instrument Air Pressure, PI-3-1444 -

GREATER THAN 95 PSIG Standard:

Verify CV-3-2803 OPEN and IA pressure >95 psig.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM C NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM C, Terminate SI IAW 3-EOP-ES-1.1, Rev. 0 NRC JPM L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 10 of 13 Performance Step: 4. Check If Charging Flow Has Been Established:

Critical Y (SEQ-6) a. Charging Pumps - AT LEAST ONE RUNNING (NO)

RNO (3) - Start at least one charging pump Standard: Start one charging pump.

Evaluator Note: Any charging pump may be started.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 4. Check If Charging Flow Has Been Established:

Critical N (SEQ-5) b. Establish desired Charging flow:

1) Start or stop Charging Pumps as necessary to establish desired Charging flow
2) Adjust Charging Pump speed controllers to establish desired Charging flow
3) Adjust HCV-3-121, Charging Flow To Regen Heat Exchanger, to maintain proper Seal Injection flow Standard:

Establish charging flow and adjust seal injection flow.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM C NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM C, Terminate SI IAW 3-EOP-ES-1.1, Rev. 0 NRC JPM L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 11 of 13 Performance Step: 5. Stop the Following Pumps and Place in Standby:

Critical Y (SEQ-6)

  • High-Head SI Pumps Standard: Secure 3A and 3B RHR Pumps Secure 3A,3B,4A,4B HHSI Pumps Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Terminating Cues:

When all RHR and HHSI pumps have been secured, state this completes the JPM.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

Stop Time:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM C NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM C, Terminate SI IAW 3-EOP-ES-1.1, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 12 of 13 Examinee: Evaluator:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT Date:

LOIT RO LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS: SAT: UNSAT:

Remediation required: YES NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).

EXAMINER NOTE: ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.

EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:

NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM C NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM Page 13 of 13 TURNOVER SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • The BOP has just started performing Attachment 3 of 3-EOP-E-0.
  • The crew transitions from 3-EOP-E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection to 3-EOP-ES-1.1, SI Termination.

INITIATING CUES:

  • The Unit Supervisor directs you to terminate Safety Injection in accordance with 3-EOP-ES-1.1.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet is returned to the evaluator when the JPM is complete.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

Procedure No.

3-EOP-ES-1.1 Revision No.

SAFETY RELATED 8 CONTI USE

Title:

SI INATION Responsible Department: OPERATIONS Special Considerations:

Last page of this procedure contains fold out page FOR INFORMATION ONLY Before use, verify revision and change documentation (if applicable) with a c ntrolled index or document.

DATE VERIFIED CX. INITIAL__._/\'-----

Revision Approved By Approval Date UNIT# UNIT3 DATE DOCT PROCEDURE 8 Tom Wall 08/01/14 DOCN 3-EOP-ES-1.1 SYS STATUS COMPLETED REV 8

  1. OF PGS

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 2 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 REVISION

SUMMARY

Rev. No. Description 8 PCR 1926667, 08/01/14, G.T. Slaby Changes to incorporate revisions 2, 2+ and 3 from Westinghouse Owners Group (WOG) Emergency Response Guideline (ERG).

The changes consist of reformatting the procedure to better align with and reduce the number of exceptions to the ERG, and adding enhancements for usability.

Specific changes include:

1. Step 9, initiating Letdown steps have been relocated to Attachment 4 for Normal Letdown and Attachment 5 for Excess Letdown.
2. Step 12 Made Steam dumps to atmosphere preferable to Steam Dumps to Condenser as At PTN the steam dump to condenser valves are used for load reject response, and rapid cooldown following a S/G tube rupture, but are not used for precise temperature control. Instead, the steam dump to atmosphere valves are used for this purpose.
3. Energizing and using PRZ Heaters was moved from steps 16 and 17 to step 14 in the new version. Details on resetting Backup Group Heater Lockouts were moved to Attachment 6.
4. Steps for restoring offsite power was moved from step 15 to step 18. Both version still have this on the Foldout Page.
5. Restoring ICW to TPC Heat Exchangers was moved from Step 18 to step 25, which redirects to Attachment 6 in the new version.
6. Checking the RCP cooling and seal return flows was moved up from Steps 19 and 20 to Steps 16 and 17
7. Steps for preparing to start and starting an RCP, steps 22 through 26, were consolidated into Attachment 7 and step 19.
8. Steps for securing AFW flow moved up from Step 31 to Step 22, which leads to Attachment 8
9. Created new Attachment 10 summarizing all the Continuous Actions.
10. Added -+ marker to signify Continuous Action Steps.
11. AR 01955604, Corrected KW for Bearing Lift Oil Pump in Attachment 3 per 5613-E-6 and deleted Oil Vapor Extractor.
12. Corrected use of Adverse SI Termination Criteria table with SI Reinitiation steps in Foldout page and Steps 6 and 24.
13. Revised RCP Seal Leak Off criteria from 0.8 to 0.62

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 3 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE ................................................................................................................... 4 2.0 SYMPTOMS AND ENTRY CONDITIONS ................................................................... 4 3.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS ............................................................................................... 5

4.0 REFERENCES

AND COMMITMENTS ..................................................................... 29 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT 1 Natural Circulation Indications ..................................................... 33 ATTACHMENT 2 Components Affected by a Safety Injection Signal ...................... 34 ATTACHMENT 3 Unit 3 Component KW Load Rating Chart ................................... 38 ATTACHMENT 4 Establishing Letdown ................................................................... 40 ATTACHMENT 5 Establishing Excess Letdown ....................................................... 41 ATTACHMENT 6 Verify PRZ Backup Group Heater Lockouts - Reset.. .................. 43 ATTACHMENT 7 Establishing RCP Support Conditions After SI Actuation ............. 45 ATTACHMENT 8 Aligning Balance of Plant ............................................................. 49 ATTACHMENT 9 Establish Auxiliary Pressurizer Spray ........................................... 55 ATTACHMENT 10 Borate for Shutdown Margin ........................................................ 57 ATTACHMENT 11 Continuous Action Summary ........................................................ 58 FOLDOUT FOLDOUT PAGE For Procedure 3-EOP-ES-1.1 ...................................................... 59

NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 4 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 1.0 RPOSE This procedure provides the necessary instructions to terminate Safety Injection and stabilize plant conditions.

2.0 SYMPTOMS AND ENTRY CONDITIONS This procedure is entered from:

1) E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Step 16, and E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Step 11, and E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, foldout item 3, and ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, foldout item 2, and ES-1.4, Transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation, foldout item 2, when specified termination criteria are satisfied.
2) FR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, Step 33, after Secondary Heat Sink has been reestablished AND SI has been terminated.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 5 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 3.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS Foldout Page is required to be monitored throughout this procedure.

1. Verify SI - RESET
2. Reset Containment Isolation Phase A And Phase B
3. Verify Instrument Air To Containment:
a. CV-3-2803, Instrument Air Containment Isolation - OPEN
b. Instrument Air Pressure, Pl-3-1444 - b. Restore Instrument Air pressure using GREATER THAN 95 PSIG O-ONOP-013, LOSS OF INSTRUMENT AIR, while continuing with this procedure.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 6 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 Check If Charging Flow Has Been Established:

a. Charging Pumps - a. Perform the following:

AT LEAST ONE RUNNING

1) lE CCW flow to RCP(s) Thermal Barrier is lost, THEN locally Seal Injection to affected RCP(s) before starting Charging Pumps.
  • 3-297 A for RCP A
  • 3-2978 for RCP B
  • 3-297C for RCP C
2) lE offsite power is NOT available, THEN check diesel capacity adequate to run Charging Pumps.

lE adequate diesel capacity is NOT available, THEN shed non-essential loads.

Refer to Attachment 3 for component KW load rating.

3) Start at least one Charging Pump.
4) lE Charging flow can NOT be established, TH EN go to 3-EOP-E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT, Step 1.
b. Establish desired Charging flow:
1) Start or stop Charging Pumps as necessary to establish desired Charging flow
2) Adjust Charging Pump speed controllers to establish desired Charging flow
3) Adjust HCV-3-121, Charging Flow To Regen Heat Exchanger, to maintain proper Seal Injection flow

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 7 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

5. Stop The Following Pumps And Place In Standby:
  • High-Head SI Pumps
6. Verify SI Flow NOT Required:
a. RCS subcooling based on Core Exit a. Manually start SI Pumps to restore TCs - GREATER THAN subcooling and go to 3-EOP-E-1, 19°F[GREATER THAN ADVERSE LOSS OF REACTOR OR VALUE IN Foldout Page ITEM #2 SECONDARY COOLANT, Step 1.

TABLE]

b. PRZ level*- b. Control Charging flow to maintain PRZ GREATER THAN 7%[48%] level.

lE PRZ level can NOT be maintained, THEN manually start SI Pumps to restore PRZ level and go to 3-EOP-E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT, Step 1.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 8 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

7. Check If Containment Spray Should Be Stopped:
a. Containment Spray Pumps - a. Go to Step 8.

ANY RUNNING

b. Containment Spray - b. Perform the following:

IN CONTINUOUS OPERATION FOR GREATER THAN OR EQUAL 1) Check for indications of a LOCA:

TO 30 DAYS

  • Abnormal Containment radiation
  • Abnormal Containment pressure
  • Abnormal Containment Sump level
2) lE a LOCA is indicated, THEN go to Step 8.
3) lE a LOCA is NOT indicated, THEN perform Step 7.c.
c. Containment pressure - c. WHEN Containment pressure is LESS THAN 17 PSIG less than 17 psig, THEN perform Step 7.d, Step 7.e and Step 7.f.

Continue with Step 8.

d. Reset Containment Spray signal
e. Stop both Containment Spray Pumps and place in standby
f. Close Containment Spray Isolation valves:

MOV-3-880A MOV-3-8808

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 9 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

8. Verify All Control Rods - lE any Control Rods NOT fully inserted, FULLY INSERTED THEN Emergency Borate for stuck Control Rods using 3-0NOP-046.1, EMERGENCY BORATION.
9. Check If Letdown Can Be Established:
a. PRZ level - a. WHEN PRZ level increases to GREATER THAN 26%(50%] greater than 26%[50%],

THEN go to Step 9.b.

Continue with Step 10.

b. Establish Normal Letdown using b. Establish Excess Letdown using Attachment 4 Attachment 5.
1) Continue efforts to establish Normal Letdown.

WHEN Normal Letdown established THEN stop Excess Letdown.

Continue with Step 10.

10. Check VCT Makeup Control System:
a. Makeup - SET FOR a. Set RCS Makeup boron for greater GREATER THAN RCS BORON than RCS concentration.

CONCENTRATION

b. Makeup - SET FOR b. Set Makeup for automatic control.

AUTOMATIC CONTROL

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 10 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

11. Check Charging Pump Suction - Align suction to VCT as follows:

ALIGNED TO VCT

a. Realign Makeup to VCT:
1) Open FCV-3-1148.
2) Close FCV-3-1138.
b. WHEN VCT level is greater than 11 %,

THEN perform the following:

1) Verify auto transfer of Charging Pump suction to VCT.
2) Realign Makeup to Charging Pump suction:
  • Open FCV-3-1138.
  • Close FCV-3-1148.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 11 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 1 Using Desired Method, Establish S/G Pressure Control:

  • Set SIG Steam Dump to Atmosphere Valve controllers to maintain current SIG pressure.

(1005 psig maximum)

  • Set Steam Dump to Condenser to maintain current SIG pressure (1005 psig maximum)
1) Check Condenser - AVAi LABLE 1) Use Steam Dump to Atmosphere valves
2) lE BLOCK LOW SI TAVES.I.

status light is ON, THEN place Steam Dump to Condenser control switch in BYPASS.

3) Place Steam Dump to Condenser Mode selector switch in MANUAL.
4) Place Steam Dump to Condenser Pressure control in MANUAL.
  • Adjust Steam Pressure controller as necessary to maintain current SIG pressure.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 12 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

13. Check RCS Temperatures:
a. RCS Hot Leg temperature - a. Perform the following:

STABLE

1) !E temperature is decreasing, THEN perform the following:

a) Stop dumping steam.

b) !E cooldown continues, THEN reduce total feed flow to 400 gpm until Narrow Range Level greater than 7%(27%] in at least one SIG.

c) !E cooldown continues due to excessive steam flow, THEN close Main Steam Line Isolation and Bypass valves.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 13 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

13. a. (continued)
2) lE temperature is increasing, THEN perform either of the following:
  • Dump steam using SIG Steam Dump to Atmosphere valves.

OR

  • Dump steam to Condenser from intact S/Gs as follows:

(1) Check Condenser is available.

(2) lE Condenser NOT available, THEN use Steam Dump To Atmosphere valves.

(3) lE BLOCK LOWS.I.

TAVE S. I. Status light is ON, THEN place Steam Dump To Condenser control switch in BYPASS.

(4) Place Steam Dump To Condenser Mode selector switch in MANUAL.

(5) Place Steam Dump To Condenser Pressure control in MANUAL.

(6) Adjust Steam Pressure Controller as necessary to stabilize temperature.

l\t\JY RUNNING Go

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 14 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

13. (continued)
c. Check if boration for RCS cooldown c. Go to Step 14.

required:

1) lE High-Head SI Pumps have NOT injected, AND any of the following conditions exist:
  • Any RCS TAVE less than 537°F AND fuel burn up less than 18,000 MWD/MTU OR
  • Any RCS TAVE less than 547°F AND fuel burn up greater than or equal to 18,000 MWD/MTU THEN initiate and continue a boration of at least 20 gpm using Attachment 10 until Shutdown Margin can be verified using PLANT CURVE BOOK.
d. Go to Step 14

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 15 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

13. (continued)
e. Check if boration for RCS cooldown e. Go to Step 14.

required:

1) !E High-Head SI Pumps have NOT injected, AND any of the following conditions exist:
  • Any RCS T coLD less than 537°F AND fuel burn up less than 18,000 MWD/MTU OR
  • Any RCS T coLD less than 547°F AND fuel burn up greater than or equal to 18,000 MWD/MTU THEN initiate and continue a boration of at least 20 gpm using Attachment 10 until Shutdown Margin can be verified using PLANT CURVE BOOK
14. Control PRZ Pressure:
a. Using Attachment 6, verify PRZ Backup Group Heater lockouts -

RESET

b. Maintain pressure stable using b. !E Normal Spray NOT available heaters and normal spray as AND Letdown is in service, necessary THEN establish Auxiliary Spray using Attachment 9.

J£ Letdown NOT in service, THEN use one PRZ PORV.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 16 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 IRESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I

~ 15. Check Intact S/G Levels:

a. Any Narrow Range Level - a. Maintain total feed flow greater than GREATER THAN 7%[27%] 400 gpm until Narrow Range Level greater than 7%[27%] in at least one SIG.
b. Control feed flow to maintain Narrow Range Level between 21 %[27%]

and 50%

c. Narrow Range Level - c. Stop feed flow to any SIG with Narrow LESS THAN 50% Range Level greater than 50%.
16. Check RCP Cooling - NORMAL:
a. B CCW Header flow - NORMAL a. Evaluate and correct cause of abnormal flow.
b. MOV-3-7168, RCP CCW Inlet- b. Manually or locally open valve.

OPEN

c. Check motor cooling - NORMAL:
1) MOV-3-730, RCP Bearing CCW 1) Manually or locally open valve.

Outlet - OPEN

2) Check RCPs -ANY RUNNING 2) Go to Step 16.d.
3) Check RCP stator temperatures 3) 1E CCW to any RCP motor has

- LESS THAN 248°F been lost OR stator temperature is greater than or equal to 300°F, THEN stop affected RCP(s).

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 17 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

16. (continued)
d. Check Seal cooling - NORMAL: d. Perform the following:
  • Thermal Barrier D/P - GREATER 1) lE RCP Number One Seal Leak Off THAN 0 INCHES OF WATER temperature is less than 235°F, THEN establish normal cooling to

Barrier CCW Outlet - OPEN

  • Adjust Charging Pump speed and HCV-3-121, Charging Flow to Regen Heat Exchanger, as necessary to maintain proper Seal Injection flow.
  • lE Containment Isolation Phase B is NOT actuated AND CCW radiation levels are normal, THEN align valves as necessary to establish normal CCW flow to RCPs.
2) lE RCP Number One Seal Leak Off temperature is greater than or equal to 235°F, THEN perform the following:

a) Stop affected RCP(s).

b) Locally close affected RCP Seal Injection Manual Isolation valves while continuing with this procedure:

  • 3-297 A for 3A RCP
  • 3-297B for 3B RCP
  • 3-297C for 3C RCP c) Manually or locally close MOV-3-626, RCP Thermal Barrier CCW Outlet.

Go to Step 18.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 Sl TERMINATION 18 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

17. Check If RCP Seal Return Flow Should Be Established:
a. Verify adequate seal cooling: a. Try to establish adequate seal cooling.
  • CCW - ALIGNED TO J£ adequate seal cooling can NOT be established, THEN go to Step 18.

THERMAL BARRIERS OR

  • RCP Thermal Barrier D/P -

GREATER THAN 0 INCHES OF WATER

b. Establish Seal Return flow: b. J£ MOV-3-381 can NOT be manually opened, TH EN locally open
1) Open MOV-3-381, Excess MOV-3-381.

Letdown And RCP Seal Return ToVCT J£ seal return flow can NOT be established, THEN go to Step 18.

2) Open MOV-3-6386, Excess Letdown And RCP Seal Return
c. Check Excess Letdown - c. Go to Step 18.

IN SERVICE

d. Place CV-3-389, Excess Letdown From Heat Exchanger To' VCT Or RCDT, in VCT NORM position

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 19 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

18. Verify All 4KV Buses - Perform the following:

ENERGIZED BY OFFSITE POWER:

a. Direct system dispatcher to restore
  • A 4KV bus offsite power to Unit 3 Startup
  • B 4KV bus Transformer and 3C Transformer.
  • D 4KV bus b. WHEN offsite power has been restored
  • C 4KV bus to Unit 3 Startup Transformer OR 3C Transformer, THEN restore offsite power to 4KV buses using 3-0NOP-004.1, SYSTEM RESTORATION FOLLOWING LOSS OF OFFSITE POWER.
c. !E 30 4KV Bus is de-energized, THEN restore power to 30 4KV Bus using 3-0NOP-004.5; LOSS OF 30 4KV BUS, as time permits.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 20 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 CAUTION

  • If RCP seal cooling from Seal Injection and Thermal Barrier CCW flow has previously been lost, affected RCPs SHALL NOT be started prior to a status evaluation.
  • CCW System load requirements of 3-NOP-030, COMPONENT COOLING WATER SYSTEM, shall NOT be exceeded.

NOTE RCPs should be run in order of priority (38 then 3C) to provide Normal PRZ Spray.

-+ 19. Check 38 RCP -- RUNNING Perform one of the following:

  • !E NO RCPs are running, THEN go to Step 19.b.
  • !E any RCPs are running, THEN go to Step 19.u.
a. Go to Step 20
b. Check Startup Transformer - b. Perform the following:

ENERGIZED

1) Verify Natural Circulation using Attachment 1.
2) !E Natural Circulation can NOT be verified, THEN dump more steam.
3) Go to Step 20.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 21 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

19. (continued)
c. Check RVLMS (QSPDS) Head c. Perform the following:

indication - GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 100%

  • Raise PRZ level greater than 84%[90%].
  • Raise RCS subcooling based on Core Exit TCs greater than 43°F[97°F].
  • Use PRZ Heaters as .necessary to saturate Pressurizer water.

!E PRZ level and subcooling conditions can NOT be satisfied, THEN Perform the following:

1) Verify Natural Circulation using Attachment 1.
2) !E Natural Circulation can NOT be verified, THEN dump more steam.
3) Go to Step 20.
d. Establish RCP Support Conditions using Attachment 7
e. Check Auxiliary Spray - e. Perform the following:

NOT IN SERVICE

1) Terminate Auxiliary Spray using Attachment 9.
2) Close PCV-3-4558, Pressurizer Spray Loop B.
3) Close PCV-3-455A, Pressurizer Spray Loop C.
f. Check 38 RCP - SUPPORT f. Go to Step 19.k.

CONDITIONS ESTABLISHED p

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATlot\J 22 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

19. (continued)
h. Check 3B RCP - RUNNING FOR AT LEAST ONE MINUTE
i. Stop any running RCP Oil Lift Pump(s)
j. Go to Step 20
k. Check 3C RCP - SUPPORT k. Go to Step 19.p.

CONDITIONS ESTABLISHED I. Start 3C RCP to provide PRZ Spray I. Go to Step 19.p.

m. Check 3C RCP - RUNNING FOR AT LEAST ONE MINUTE
n. Stop any running RCP Oil Lift Pump(s)
o. Go to Step 20
p. Check 3A RCP - SUPPORT p. Perform the following:

CONDITIONS ESTABLISHED

1) Verify Natural Circulation using Attachment 1.
2) lE Natural Circulation can NOT be verified, THEN dump more steam.
3) Go to Step 19.s.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 SI TERMINATION 23 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

19. (continued)
q. Start 3A RCP to provide forced flow Perform the following:
1) Verify Natural Circulation using Attachment 1.
2) !E Natural Circulation can NOT be verified, THEN dump more steam
3) Go to Step 19.s.
r. Check 3A RCP - RUNNING FOR AT LEAST ONE MINUTE
s. Stop any running RCP Oil Lift Pump(s)
t. Go to Step 20
u. Check 38 4KV Bus - ENERGIZED u. Go to Step 20.

FROM STARTUP TRANSFORMER

v. Check Auxiliary Spray- v. Perform the following:

NOT IN SERVICE

4) Terminate Auxiliary Spray using Attachment 9.
5) Close PCV-3-4558, Pressurizer Spray Loop B.
6) Close PCV-3-455A, Pressurizer Spray Loop C.
w. Start 38 RCP Oil Lift Pump w. Go to Step 19.dd.
x. Check 38 RCP Oil Lift Pump -

RUNNING FOR AT LEAST TWO MINUTES

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 24 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

19. (continued)
y. Check 38 RCP white PERMISS TO y. Perform the following:

START light- ON

1) Stop 38 RCP Oil Lift Pump.
2) Go to Step 19.dd.
z. Start 38 RCP to provide PRZ Spray z. Perform the following:
1) Stop 38 RCP Oil Lift Pump.
2) Go to Step 19.dd.

aa. Check 38 RCP - RUNNING FOR AT LEAST ONE MINUTE bb. Stop 38 RCP Oil Lift Pump cc. Go to Step 20 dd. Check 3C RCP - NOT RUNNING dd. Go to Step 20.

ee. Start 3C RCP Oil Lift Pump ee. Go to Step 20.

ff. Check 3C RCP Oil Lift Pump -

RUNNING FOR AT LEAST TWO MINUTES gg. Check 3C RCP white P!=RMISS TO gg. Perform the following:

START light - ON

1) Stop 3C RCP Oil Lift Pump.
2) Go to Step 20.

Start 3C RCP to provide PRZ Spray hh. Perform the following:

1) Stop 3C RCP Oil Pump.

to

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 25 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

19. (continued) ii. Check 3C RCP - RUNNING FOR AT LEAST ONE MINUTE jj. Stop 3C RCP Oil Lift Pump
20. Check If Source Range Detectors Should Be Energized:
a. Intermediate Range flux - a. WHEN flux less than 1x10-10 amps, LESS THAN 1x10-10 AMPS THEN perform Step 20.b and Step 21.c.

Continue with Step 21.

b. Source Range Detectors - b. Manually energize Source Range ENERGIZED Detectors.
c. Transfer Nuclear Recorder to SOURCE RANGE scale
21. Check If Diesel Generators Should Be Stopped:
a. A AND B 4KV Buses - a. Perform the following:

ENERGIZED BY OFFSITE POWER

1) Direct System Dispatcher to restore offsite power to Unit 3 Startup Transformer and 3C Transformer.
2) WHEN offsite power is restored to Unit 3 Startup Transformer OR 3C Transformer, THEN restore offsite power to 4KV buses using 3-0NOP-004.1, SYSTEM RESTORATION FOLLOWING LOSS OF POWER.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 26 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONS

21. (continued)
b. Stop any unloaded diesel generator by placing its Normal Stop/Normal Start switch in NORMAL STOP
  • 3AEDG
  • 38 EOG
  • 4AEDG
  • 48 EOG
c. Direct personnel to place in standby any stopped EDG(s) using 3/4-0P-023, EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR
22. Shut Down Unnecessary Plant Equipment:
  • Verify£!! Heater Drain Pumps -

STOPPED

  • Stop all but one Condensate Pump
  • Perform Attachment 8, as time permits while continuing with this procedure

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION 27 of 59 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

23. Maintain Plant Conditions - STABLE:
a. Maintain PRZ pressure - STABLE
b. Maintain PRZ level - STABLE
c. Maintain intact SIG Narrow Range Levels - STABLE
d. Maintain RCS average temperature

-STABLE

e. Direct Nuclear Chemistry to perform required sampling
f. Check Boration in progress from f. Go to Step 23. i.

Step 13 for Shutdown Margin considerations

g. Check RCPs -ANY RUNNING g. Check PLANT CURVE BOOK Shutdown Margin acceptable for current Cold Leg temperature and boron concentration.

WHEN Shutdown Margin requirements are verified acceptable, THEN perform Step 23.i.

Continue with Step 24.

h. Check PLANT CURVE BOOK h. WHEN Shutdown Margin requirements Shutdown Margin acceptable for have been verified acceptable, current TAVE and boron THEN perform Step 23.i.

concentration Continue with Step 24.

i. Verify reactor is to be maintained at i. lE boration in progress, Hot Standby THEN stop boration as directed by the Unit Supervisor Go to Step 24.
j. Borate to Hot Xenon Free Conditions as required by PLANT CURVE BOOK by the U

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 SI TERMINATION 28 of PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

24. Verify SI Flow NOT Required:
a. RCS Subcooling based on Core Exit a. Manually start SI Pumps as TCs - GREATER THAN and go to 3-EOP-E-1, LOSS OF 19°F[GREATER THAN ADVERSE REACTOR OR SECONDARY VALUE IN Foldout Page ITEM #2 COOLANT, Step 1.

TABLE]

b. PRZ level - b. Control Charging flow to maintain GREATER THAN 7%[48%] level.

lE PRZ level can NOT be maintained, THEN manually start SI Pumps as necessary, and go to 3-EOP-E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT, Step 1.

25. Align Components Listed In Attachment 2 to Desired Position/Condition
26. Go To Appropriate Plant Procedure As Determined .BY The Shift Manager

I I II

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

8 SI TERMINATION FOLDOUT PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ES-1.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 FOLDOUT PAGE For Procedure 3-EOP-ES-1.1

1. ADVERSE CONTAINMENT CONDITIONS
a. lE either condition listed below occurs, THEN use [Adverse Containment Setpoints]:

Containment atmosphere temperature 2 180°F

  • Containment radiation levels 2 1.3x105 Rlhr
b. WHEN Containment atmosphere temperature returns to less than 180°F, THEN Normal Setpoints can again be used.

5

c. WHEN Containment radiation levels return to less than 1.3x10 Rlhr, THEN Normal Setpoints can again be used if the TSC determines that Containment Integrated Dose has NOT 5

exceeded 10 Rads.

2. SI REINITIATION CRITERIA lE either condition listed below occurs following SI termination, THEN manually start SI Pumps as necessary to restore RCS subcooling and PRZ level and go to 3-EOP-E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT, Step 1:
  • RCS subcooling based on core exit TCs - LESS THAN 19°F[LESS THAN ADVERSE VALUE IN TABLE BELOW]

SI ADVERSE SUBCOOLING VALUE RCS PRESSURE (PSIG) ADVERSE SUBCOOLING VALUE

< 2485 AND;::: 2000 35 °F

< 2000 AND;::: 1500 45 °F

< 1500 AND;::: 1000 55 °F

< 1000 AND;::: 500 110 °F

< 500 160 °F OR

  • PRZ level - CAN NOT BE MAINTAINED GREATER THAN 7%[48%]
3. SECONDARY INTEGRITY CRITERIA lE any SIG pressure decreasing in an uncontrolled manner OR any SIG completely depressurized, THEN perform the following:
a. Maintain total feedwater flow greater than 400 gpm until Narrow Range Level in at least one SIG is greater than 7%[27%].
b. lE g.o.y SIG(s) are NOT faulted, THEN Isolate AFW flow to faulted SIG(s).
1) Stabilize RCS Hot Leg temperature using Steam Dumps when faulted SIG has blown down to less than 9% Wide Range [27% Narrow Range] by reducing intact SIG Steam Dump To Atmosphere valves AUTO setpoint to match current SIG pressure.
c. lE any faulted SIG NOT previously isolated, THEN manually start SI Pumps as necessary and go to 3-EOP-E-2, FAULTED STEAM GENERATOR ISOLATION.
4. CST MAKEUP WATER CRITERIA lE CST level decreases to less than 12%,

THEN add makeup to CST using 3-NOP-018.01, CONDENSATE STORAGE TANK (CST).

5. LOSS OF OFFSITE POWER OR SI ON OTHER UNIT lE SI has been reset AND subsequently either offsite power is lost OR SI actuates on the other unit, THEN restore safeguards equipment, and at least one Computer Room Chiller to required configuration.

Refer to Attachment 3 for essential loads.

6. LOSS OF CHARGING CRITERIA lE Charging capability has been lost, AND High-Head SI Pumps are running at shutoff head, THEN rotate High-Head SI Pumps as necessary to maintain continuous run time of any pump less than 30 minutes while maintaining at least one High-Head SI Pump running

LOIT L-15-1 NRC Exam material controlled by TR-AA-230-1009, Training Examination Security.

Simulator - JPM D LOIT L-15-1 NRC Exam material controlled by TR-AA-230-1009, Training Examination Security.

JPM TITLE: Respond to Loss of RHR JPM NUMBER: 01050004301 REV. 1-0 TASK NUMBER(S) I 01050004301 /

TASK TITLE(S): Respond to Loss of RHR KIA NUMBERS: 005 A4.01 KIA VALUE: RO 3.6 /SRO 3.4 Justification (FOR KIA VALUES <3.0): N/A TASK APPLICABILITY:

~RO ~SRO D STA D Non-Lie D SRO CERT D OTHER: _ _

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING: Simulate/Walkthrough: D Perform: Q[J EVALUATION LOCATION: In-Plant: D Control Room:

Simulator: CK] Other:

Lab: D Time for Completion: 30 Minutes Time Critical: No Alternate Path [NRC]: Yes Alternate Path [INPO]: Yes I ZS- /'-(

r ~g~)pervis~on Date Approved by: _ _ _ \_.,_,~,_~~----

, _ _L- __-_____

Training Program Owner Date

\

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM D

01050004301, Respond to Loss of RHR, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 3 of 16 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.

REVIEW STATEMENTS YES NO N/A

1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
7. If the task is time critical, is the time critical portion based upon actual task performance requirements?
8. Is the job level appropriate for the task being evaluated if required?
9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /

Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?

12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?

TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.

All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.

Protected Content: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material)

{C001}

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM D

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01050004301, Respond to Loss of RHR, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 4 of 16 UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

SUPERVISOR DATE TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM D

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01050004301, Respond to Loss of RHR, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 5 of 16 SIMULATOR SET-UP:

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

_____ 1. Reset to IC 30 or equivalent IC.

_____ 2. NO-OP Cond & Feedwater and Steam Generators

_____ 2. Place Simulator in RUN.

_____ 3. Ensure applicable portions of Simulator Operator Checklist are complete.

_____ 4. Execute L-15-1 NRC JPM D.lsn.

_____ 5. Allow the plant to stabilize (allow auto-makup to complete)

_____ 6. Acknowledge alarms and place Simulator in FREEZE.

_____ 7. Save as a temporary IC if JPM will be repeated.

_____ 8. When ready to begin, then place Simulator in RUN.

SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS:

  • insert TFMUM01S TRUE delay=0 ramp=0 on=0 off=0
  • insert IMM1S03C TRUE delay=0 ramp=0 on=0 off=0 SIMULATOR OVERRIDES:

NA SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS:

NA TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM D

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01050004301, Respond to Loss of RHR, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 6 of 16 Required Materials: HANDOUT 3-ONOP-050, Loss of RHR General

References:

3-ARP-097.CR.H, Annunciator Response Procedure 3-ONOP-050, Loss of RHR Task Standards: Re-open MOV-3-750 Restart B RHR Pump Open FCV-3-605 to restore RHR flow to the core.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM D

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01050004301, Respond to Loss of RHR, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 7 of 16 I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Unit 3 is in Mode 4.
  • 3A RHR Pump is in service providing core cooling.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • Unit Supervisor directs crew to maintain current conditions.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM D

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01050004301, Respond to Loss of RHR, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 8 of 16 JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:

NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).

NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.

JPM NOTE: 0-ADM-211 Prudent Operator Actions - If redundant standy-by equipment is available and ready, the operator is permitted to start the redundant equipment for failed or failing operating equipment. Immediate follow up of applicable ARPs or ONOPs (AOPs) shall occur as required.

Performance Step: Recognize closure of MOV-3-750 Critical N (SEQ-1)

Standard: Recognize closure of MOV-3-750 and enter 3-ONOP-050 Evaluator Note: When ready to begin, have booth operator trigger MOV-3-750 DRIFTS CLOSE If ARP is used, that will also direct use of 3-ONOP-050 after alarm confirmation.

Booth Operator Note: After triggering MOV-3-750 DRIFTS CLOSE, verify ALLOW MOV-3-750 TO REOPEN triggers Evaluator Cue: Provide a copy of HANDOUT 3-ONOP-050 Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM D

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01050004301, Respond to Loss of RHR, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 9 of 16 Performance Step: 3-ONOP-050, Step 1 - Check if RHR Pumps Should be stopped Critical N (SEQ-2) a. RCS level - GREATER THAN 10% PRESSURIZER COLD CAL

b. RHR pumps - ANY RUNNING
c. RHR pumps - NOT CAVITATING Standard: Stop pump, if required.

Evaluator Note: Shaft shear is tied to interrupt pushbutton. If examinee uses ONOP to direct reopening MOV-3-750, the pump will be running fine but have no flow, so examinee may stop the pump. If the interrupt pushbutton is pressed earlier, the shaft will shear and when this step is read, the motor will be running but not pumping. Examinee may interpret this as not running, since its not performing its intended function, and go to Step 2.

They may also interpret it as running but with low flow, at stop pump here.

If stopped, marked SEQ-4 as complete. Securing 3A RHR Pump is critical task, where it happens is not.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

Performance Step: Step 2 - Check Loop 3C RHR Pump Suction Stop Valves - OPEN Critical N (SEQ-3)

  • MOV-3-750
  • MOV-3-751 Standard: Recognize MOV-3-750 is closed/closing and enter RNO Evaluator Note: Not applicable if interrupt pushbutton is pressed prior to entering ONOP.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM D

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01050004301, Respond to Loss of RHR, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 10 of 16 Performance Step: Step 2 RNO a - Stop RHR pumps Critical Y (SEQ-4)

Standard: Secure 3A RHR pump Evaluator Note: May have been performed at SEQ-2. Record completion here.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

Performance Step: Step 2 RNO b - IF a momentary pressure spike has caused either or both Critical Y (SEQ-5) valves to start closing, THEN perform the following at the Pushbutton Interrupt switches:

1. Determine affected valve - Yellow light ON
2. Verify over pressure signal NOT present - Blue light ON
3. Push Interrupt Pushbutton for affected valve
4. Verify yellow light DEENERGIZES
5. WHEN blue light DEENERGIZES, THEN verify affected valve OPEN
6. If both valves are open, THEN go to Step 3.

Step 2 RNO d - IF MOV-3-750 and MOV-3-751 were NOT closed to isolate system leakage, THEN reopen MOV-3-750 and MOV-3-751.

Standard: Reopen MOV-3-750.

Evaluator Note: Either of the above steps is acceptable to reopen MOV-3-750. If the valve is still traveling, RNO b will be used. If its fully closed, RNO c will be used.

If valve is reopened prior to entering ONOP, record completion here.

Only getting MOV-3-750 is critical, any method is acceptable.

Booth Operator: When interrupt pushbutton is pressed, verify 3A RHR PUMP SHAFT SHEAR triggers SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM D

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01050004301, Respond to Loss of RHR, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 11 of 16 Performance Step: Step 3 - Dispatch an Operator to Monitor RHR Pumps Critical N (SEQ-6)

Standard: Direct SNPO to locally monitor RHR pumps.

Booth Operator Cue: Acknowledge request to monitor RHR pumps.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: Step 4 - Monitor RCS Heatup Rate Critical N (SEQ-7)

Standard: Per NOTE prior to Step 4, direct STA to monitor RCS heatup rate.

Evaluator Cue: Acknowledge request to monitor RCS heatup rate in accordance with Step 4.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: Step 5 - Verify RHR Discharge to Cold Leg Isolation Valves - OPEN Critical N (SEQ-8)

Standard: Verify MOV-3-744A and MOV-3-744B are OPEN.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM D

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01050004301, Respond to Loss of RHR, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 12 of 16 Performance Step: Step 6 - Establish Conditions for Restarting an RHR Pump Critical Y (SEQ-9) a. RHR Pumps - BOTH STOPPED

b. Close RHR Heat Exchanger Outlet Flow valve, HCV-3-758
c. Close RHR Heat Exchanger Bypass Flow valve, FCV-3-605
d. Verify MOV-3-750 and MOV-3-751 - OPEN Standard: Close FCV-3-605 Evaluator Note: Only closing FCV-3-605 is critical, all other conditions are met.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: Step 6 e - Start the previously running RHR pump Critical N (SEQ-10)

Standard: Start 3A RHR pump Evaluator Note: Amps will be low due to sheared shaft and flow will be zero due to RHR valves being closed. Examinee may open FCV-3-605 and notice no increases in flow instead of realizing amps are abnormally low.

This step is not applicable if 3A RHR pump has already been identified as non-functional.

Booth Operator Cue: If asked, respond as SNPO to report 3A RHR pump has a sheared shaft.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM D

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01050004301, Respond to Loss of RHR, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 13 of 16 Performance Step: Step 6 e RNO - Start the Standby RHR pump Critical Y (SEQ-11)

Standard: Start 3B RHR pump.

Evaluator Note: Examinee may secure or place 3A RHR pump in PTL SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

Performance Step: Step 6 f - Return RHR Heat Exchanger Bypass Flow valve, FCV-3-605, to Critical Y (SEQ-12) AUTOMATIC operation increasing flow increments of 500 gpm until desired flow is established.

Standard: Reopen FCV-3-605 to a flow that clears annunciator H-6/2 Evaluator Note: H-6/2 RHR HI/LOW FLOW setpoints are <3000 gpm and >3750 gpm Flow increments are not critical, only clearing alarm.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM D

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01050004301, Respond to Loss of RHR, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 14 of 16 Performance Step: Step 6 g - Open RHR Heat Exchanger Outlet Flow valve, HCV-3-758, as Critical N (SEQ-13) necessary to maintain desired RCS temperature.

Standard: Maintain RCS temperature Evaluator Note: HCV-3-758 is closed at the beginning of the JPM, the examinee may leave it closed or slightly throttle open to establish a slight cooldown, either is acceptable.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

Terminating Cues: When candidate has restored core cooling, state this completes the JPM.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

Stop Time:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM D

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01050004301, Respond to Loss of RHR Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 15 of 16 Examinee: Evaluator:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT Date:

LOIT RO LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS: SAT: UNSAT:

Remediation required: YES NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).

EXAMINER NOTE: ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.

EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:

NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM D

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM Page 16 of 16 TURNOVER SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Unit 3 is in Mode 4.
  • 3A RHR Pump is in service providing core cooling.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • Unit Supervisor directs crew to maintain current conditions.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

Florida Power & Light Company Turkey Point Nuclear Plant Unit 3 3-ONOP-050

Title:

Loss of RHR (Continuous Use)

Safety Related Procedure Responsible Department: Operations Revision Number: 4A Issue Date: 10/22/14 Revision Approval Date: 10/20/14 ARs 1614056, 1643677, 1929205, 1941507, 1998582 PCRs 08-4015 PC/M 89-332,96-081 ECs 247008, 247009 W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

2 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 10/20/14 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Rev. 4A)

Revision Page Date 1 10/20/14 2 10/20/14 3 02/05/04 4 02/21/14 5 06/14/09 6 12/03/07 7 01/08/14 8 02/22/11 9 02/05/04C 10 02/05/04C 11 02/05/04C 12 12/03/07C 13 02/05/04C 14 02/13/12 15 02/05/04C 16 12/03/07C 17 10/20/14 18 06/14/09 19 02/13/12 20 02/05/04C 21 12/03/07C 22 12/03/07C 23 02/21/14 Foldout 06/14/09 W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

3 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 2/5/04 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides the actions necessary for maintaining core cooling in the event that RHR cooling is lost.

2.0 SYMPTOMS OR ENTRY CONDITIONS 2.1 Annunciators 2.1.1 H 6/2, RHR HX HI/LO FLOW 2.1.2 H 6/4, RHR PP A/B TRIP 2.1.3 I 7/6, RHR SUMP PUMP ROOM A HI LEVEL 2.1.4 I 8/6, RHR SUMP PUMP ROOM B HI LEVEL 2.1.5 I 3/6, RHR SUMP HX ROOM HI LEVEL 2.1.6 I 7/3, RX VESSEL DRAINDOWN LO-LO-LEVEL 2.1.7 A 7/1, PRT HI/LO LEVEL HI PRESS/TEMP 2.1.8 A 9/6, RHR MOV-750/751 LETDOWN ISOLATION 2.1.9 A 4/2, QSPDS INADEQUATE CORE COOLING 2.2 Indications 2.2.1 Neither RHR pump is operating when required for decay heat removal 2.2.2 Loop 3C RHR Suction Stop Valve(s), MOV-3-750 or MOV-3-751, indicate closed when RHR is required for decay heat removal 2.2.3 Rapid increase in RCS pressure and OMS actuation when the RCS is solid 2.2.4 Low flow indicated on FI-3-605 2.2.5 Air-binding of the operating RHR pump as indicated by any of the following:

1. Motor current oscillations
2. Erratic flow oscillations
3. Excessive pump noise
4. Pump cavitation W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

4 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 2/21/14

3.0 REFERENCES

/RECORDS REQUIRED/COMMITMENT DOCUMENTS 3.1 References 3.1.1 Technical Specifications for Turkey Point Unit 3 and Unit 4 3.1.2 Turkey Point Unit 3 and Unit 4 Final Safety Analysis Report 3.1.3 Operating Diagrams

1. 5613-M-3050, Residual Heat Removal System
2. 5613-M-3062, Safety Injection System 3.1.4 Procedures
1. 0-ADM-051, Outage Risk Assessment and Control
2. 3-NOP-041.01A, 3A Reactor Coolant Pump Operations
3. 3-NOP-041.01B, 3B Reactor Coolant Pump Operations
4. 3-NOP-041.01C, 3C Reactor Coolant Pump Operations
5. 3-NOP-073, Condensate System
6. 0-NOP-074.01, Standby Steam Generator Feedwater System
7. 3-ONOP-030, Loss of Component Cooling Water
8. 3-ONOP-041.3, Excessive Reactor Coolant System Leakage
9. 3-ONOP-041.8, Shutdown LOCA [Mode 5 or 6]
10. 3-OP-050, Residual Heat Removal System 3.1.5 Plant Change/Modifications
1. PC/M 89-332, Generic Letter 88-17, Loss of Decay Heat Removal Programmed Enhancement - RCS Redundant Level Monitors
2. PC/M 96-081, Setpoint Change for RCP Seal Leakoff Low Flow
3. EC 247008, PC/M 09-139 EPU LAR Umbrella Doc Only PC/M
4. EC 247009, PC/M 09-140 EPU LAR Umbrella Doc Only PC/M 3.1.6 Miscellaneous Documents
1. JPN-PTN-SEMJ-89-094, Adequacy of Core Cooling
2. JPN-PTN-SENP-92-009, Substantial Safety Hazards Evaluation Related to Pressurizer Vents at Cold Shutdown
3. Westinghouse Technical Bulletin ESBU-TB-93-01, Revision 1
4. Westinghouse EOP Rev 1C Changes
5. Westinghouse Owners Group Abnormal Response Guideline, ARG-1, Loss of RHR While Operating at Mid-Loop Conditions, dated 6/6/96 W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

5 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 6/14/09 3.2 Records Required 3.2.1 None 3.3 Commitment Documents 3.3.1 NRC Inspection Report 89-053, March 14, 1990 3.3.2 NRC IEIN No.86-101, Loss of Decay Heat Removal Due to Loss of Fluid Levels In Reactor Coolant System 3.3.3 NRC Generic Letter 88-17, Loss of Decay Heat Removal 3.3.4 NRC IN-92-16, Loss of Flow from the Residual Heat Removal Pump During Refueling Cavity Draindown 3.3.5 INPO SOER 85-4, Loss or degradation of Residual Heat Removal Capability in PWRs (CTRAC No. 85-1178-34) 3.3.6 INPO SER 17-86, Loss of Shutdown Cooling Flow (CTRAC No. 87-0823) 3.3.7 INPO SER 23-86, Loss of Decay Heat Removal Flow (CTRAC No. 86-0982) 3.3.8 INPO OE-1744, RHR Gas Binding Due to Erroneous Half Loop Indication (CTRAC No. 85-1178-34) 3.3.9 INPO SER 9-92, Loss of Residual Heat Removal with Reduced Reactor Vessel Water Level 3.3.10 JPN-PTN-SENP-95-026, CCW Flow Balance and Post-Accident Alignment Requirements to Support Thermal Up-Rate (LER 250/95-006) 3.3.11 GL 88-17, Loss of Decay Heat Removal W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

6 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 12/03/07 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED CAUTION If leakage from the RHR system is discovered, the leak should be isolated using 3-ONOP-041.3, EXCESSIVE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM LEAKAGE.

NOTES Oscillations in flow or motor amps may be indicative of RHR pump cavitation.

If loss of RHR is due to a loss of off-site power capability, power and RHR flow should be restored utilizing 3-ONOP-004, LOSS OF OFFSITE POWER or 3-EOP-ECA-0.0, LOSS OF ALL AC. During a loss of power, this procedure should be used to establish containment closure and alternate cooling if RHR flow remains unavailable.

The foldout page shall be monitored during the performance of this procedure.

1 Check If RHR Pumps Should Be Stopped

a. RCS level - GREATER THAN 10% a. IF RCS Draindown Level Instrumentation PRESSURIZER COLD CAL is not available or RCS draindown level is LESS than 23%, THEN stop the running RHR pump AND go to 3-ONOP-041.8, Shutdown LOCA (Mode 5 or 6).
b. RHR pumps - ANY RUNNING b. Go to Step 2.
c. RHR pumps - NOT CAVITATING c. Stop RHR pumps.

Amps Stable at normal value Flow Stable at normal value W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

7 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 1/8/14 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Interrupt feature for MOV-3-750 and MOV-3-751 is functional only with OMS in LO PRESS OPS.

2 Check Loop 3C RHR Pump Suction Stop Perform the following:

Valves - OPEN

a. Stop RHR pumps.

MOV-3-750

b. IF a momentary pressure spike has MOV-3-751 caused either or both valves to start closing, THEN perform the following at the Pushbutton Interrupt switches:
1) Determine affected valve(s).

Yellow light - ON

2) Verify over pressure signal NOT present:

Blue light - ON

3) Push Interrupt Pushbutton for affected valve(s).
4) Verify yellow light - DE-ENERGIZES.
5) WHEN blue light DE-ENERGIZES, THEN verify affected valve(s) - OPEN.
6) IF both valves are open, THEN go to Step 3.
c. IF RCS pressure GREATER THAN 525 psig, THEN perform the following:
1) Stop the charging pump(s).
2) Reduce RCS pressure to 425 psig.
d. IF MOV-3-750 and MOV-3-751 were NOT closed to isolate system leakage, THEN reopen MOV-3-750 and MOV3-751. IF either valve can NOT be opened, THEN direct an operator to locally reopen MOV-3-750 and MOV-3-751.
e. IF BOTH valves can NOT be reopened, THEN monitor RCS Heatup Rate using Step 4 AND go to Step 11.

W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

8 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 2/22/11 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 3 Dispatch An Operator To Monitor RHR Pumps

a. Monitor RHR pump locally
b. Maintain communication with Control Room NOTE RCS heatup rate is required to be monitored by the Shift Technical Advisor or any available operator until RHR cooling has been re-established.

4 Monitor RCS Heatup Rate

a. Plot core exit temperature every minute a. IF core exit temperatures are NOT for 5 minutes available, THEN perform the following:
1) Assume a 12F per minute heatup rate unless the refueling cavity is flooded. IF the refueling cavity is flooded, THEN use 4F per minute.
2) Go to Step 5.
b. Calculate RCS heatup rate
c. Determine time required to reach saturation in RCS
d. Report results to Unit Reactor Operator and the Shift Manager
e. Repeat this step every 15 minutes until RHR cooling is restored W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

9 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 2/5/04C STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 5 Verify RHR Discharge To Cold Leg Isolation IF RHR Discharge To Cold Leg Isolation Valves - OPEN valve(s) were NOT closed to isolate system leakage, THEN perform the following:

MOV-3-744A

a. Reopen RHR discharge valve(s).

MOV-3-744B

b. IF at least one valve can NOT be opened, THEN perform the following:
1) Stop RHR pump(s).
2) Direct operators to locally reopen RHR Discharge To Cold Leg Isolation Valve(s).
3) Go to Step 11.

W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

10 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 2/5/04C STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED CAUTION RCS Cooldown Rate shall be maintained LESS than 90 degrees per hour.

6 Establish Conditions For Restarting An RHR Pump

a. RHR pumps - BOTH STOPPED a. Go to Step 7.
b. Close RHR Heat Exchanger Outlet Flow valve, HCV-3-758
c. Close RHR Heat exchanger Bypass Flow valve, FCV-3-605
d. Verify MOV-3-750 and MOV-3-751 - d. Go to Step 11.

OPEN

e. Start the previously running RHR pump e. Start the Standby RHR pump.
1) IF neither RHR pump can be restarted, THEN perform the following:

a) Direct appropriate personnel to restore at least one RHR pump to operable status.

b) Go to Step 11.

f. Return RHR Heat Exchanger Bypass Flow valve, FCV-3-605, to AUTOMATIC operation increasing flow in increments of 500 gpm until desired flow is established
g. Open RHR Heat Exchanger Outlet Flow valve, HCV-3-758, as necessary to maintain desired RCS temperature W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

11 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 2/5/04C STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 7 Verify RHR Flow Is 3000 GPM To 3750 GPM

a. Verify RHR Heat Exchanger Bypass Flow, a. Manually control RHR Heat Exchanger FCV-3-605 - MAINTAINING DESIRED Bypass flow, FCV-3-605, to establish FLOW IN AUTOMATIC desired flow.
1) IF unable to control RHR Heat Exchanger Bypass Flow, FCV-3-605, THEN perform the following at the 10-foot elevation platform in the RHR Heat Exchanger room to locally control RHR flow:

a) Remove seal and place Safe Shutdown FCV-3-605 Manual Control Air Isolation Valve, 3-40-1895, in MANUAL.

b) Verify Safe Shutdown FCV-3-605 Manual Control Air Vent Valve, 3-40-1896, in NORMAL.

c) Adjust Safe Shutdown FCV-3-605 Manual Controller, PCV-3-605, to establish desired flow.

8 Verify Stable RHR Pump Operation IF stable RHR pump operation can not be verified, THEN perform the following:

Running RHR pump amps - STABLE

1) Stop the running RHR pump.

RHR flow - STABLE

2) Direct appropriate personnel to RHR pump noise level - NORMAL restore at least one RHR train to operable status.
3) Go to Step 11.

W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

12 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 12/03/07C STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 9 Maintain Stable Plant Conditions

a. Verify RCS temperature - STABLE OR a. Perform the following:

DECREASING Adjust HCV-3-758 to obtain desired cooldown rate.

Adjust FCV-3-605 to maintain desired RHR flow rate.

b. Verify RCS temperature - LESS THAN b. Go to Step 11.

200F OR trending to TEMPERATURE DESIRED BY SHIFT MANAGER 10 Go To Step 24 11 Isolate Containment If Required

a. Direct appropriate personnel to close any open containment penetrations Equipment hatch Airlocks Refueling transfer tube Any other openings
b. Direct personnel to stop work on all RCS openings
c. Check RCS temperature - c. IF RCS temperature is greater than 180F AND increasing, THEN go to Step 12.
  • LESS THAN 180 DEGREES AND STABLE OR DECREASING OR
  • STABLE AT PRE-EVENT VALUE
d. Go to Step 13 W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

13 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 2/5/04C STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 12 Evacuate And Further Isolate Containment

a. Announce over the plant PA system Attention all personnel inside Unit 3 Containment, Evacuate Unit 3 Containment
b. Actuate Containment Evacuation Alarm
c. Announce over the plant PA system Attention all personnel inside Unit 3 Containment, Evacuate Unit 3 Containment
d. Actuate Containment Isolation Phase A
1) Manually actuate containment isolation phase A
2) Containment isolation phase A valve 2) IF any containment isolation phase A white lights on VPB - ALL BRIGHT valve is NOT closed, THEN manually close valve. IF valve(s) can NOT be manually closed, THEN manually or locally isolate affected containment penetration.
e. Reset Phase A Containment Isolation W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

14 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 2/13/12 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 13 Establish Secondary Heat Sink

a. Verify RCS intact a. Perform the following:
1) IF the Reactor Vessel Cavity is flooded AND level is decreasing, THEN go to 3-ONOP-033.2, REFUELING CAVITY SEAL FAILURE.
2) Go to Step 24.
b. Verify at least two S/Gs available b. Perform the following:

Secondary side manways - 1) IF RCS temperature is decreasing, INSTALLED THEN continue efforts to restore RHR S/G hot leg manway - INSTALLED cooling AND go to Step 24.

LI-3-462 -GREATER THAN 10%

RCS Loops - FILLED 2) IF RCS temperature is increasing, THEN go to 3-ONOP-041.8, SHUTDOWN LOCA [MODE 5 OR 6].

c. Establish S/G makeup to the available c. Perform the following:

S/Gs using one of the following methods

1) IF RCS temperature is decreasing,
  • Start a standby feedwater pump using THEN continue efforts to restore RHR 0-NOP-074.01, STANDBY STEAM cooling AND go to Step 24.

GENERATOR FEEDWATER SYSTEM 2) IF RCS temperature is increasing, THEN go to 3-ONOP-041.8, OR SHUTDOWN LOCA [MODE 5 OR 6].

  • Start a condensate pump using 3-NOP-073, CONDENSATE SYSTEM OR
  • Start a condensate transfer pump aligned to S/G fill line
d. Open available S/G steam dump to atmosphere valves as necessary to maintain desired RCS temperatures W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

15 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 2/5/04C STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE The effectiveness of steaming the available S/Gs may NOT be readily apparent during natural circulation. Plant conditions should be allowed to stabilize prior to performing Step 14.

14 Determine If Blowdown Should Be Established

a. Core exit temperatures - INCREASING a. Go to Step 17.
b. Available S/G steam dump to atmosphere b. Open available S/G steam dump to valves - FULL OPEN atmosphere valves as necessary to maintain desired RCS temperatures. IF RCS temperature can be controlled using steam dump to atmosphere valves, THEN go to Step 17.

W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

16 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 12/03/07C STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 15 Align Blowdown From Available S/G(s)

a. Verify RE-19, S/G Blowdown Radiation a. Direct Nuclear Chemistry to sample Monitor, - IN SERVICE available S/G(s) for activity.
b. Prepare for blowdown b. Go to Step 24.
1) Place blowdown keylock switch(s) for available S/G(s) in DRAIN/FILL position HS-3-1427X for S/G A HS-3-1426X for S/G B HS-3-1425X for S/G C
2) Verify S/G Liquid Sample valve(s) on available S/G(s) - OPEN MOV-3-1427 for S/G A MOV-3-1426 for S/G B MOV-3-1425 for S/G C
3) Verify Blowdown Flow valves -

CLOSED FCV-3-6278A FCV-3-6278B FCV-3-6278C

4) Locally close S/G blowdown Manual Containment Isolation valve(s) on available S/G(s)

SGB-3-007 for S/G A SGB-3-008 for S/G B SGB-3-009 for S/G C

5) Open Blowdown Containment Isolation valve(s) on available S/G(s)

CV-3-6275A for S/G A CV-3-6275B for S/G B CV-3-6275C for S/G C

6) Locally open S/G Blowdown Manual Containment Isolation valve(s) on available S/G(s)

SGB-3-007 for S/G A SGB-3-008 for S/G B SGB-3-009 for S/G C W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

17 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 10/20/14 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 16 Establish Blowdown From Available S/G(s)

a. Align blowdown to discharge canal
1) Open Blowdown Tank Vent To Atmosphere, CV-3-6267A
2) Close Blowdown Tank Vent To Feedwater Heaters, CV-3-6267B
3) Open Blowdown Tank to Canal, HIS-3-6265B
b. Locally throttle open Blowdown Flow Valve on available S/G(s) to obtain maximum flow FCV-3-6278A for S/G A FCV-3-6278B for S/G B FCV-3-6278C for S/G C 17 Maintain Level In Available S/G(s)
a. Check narrow range levels - GREATER a. Increase S/G makeup to available S/G(s).

THAN 7%

b. Continue S/G makeup to maintain narrow range level between 7% and 50%

W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

18 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 6/14/09 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 18 Determine If One RCP Should Be Started

a. RCS - LOOPS FILLED a. Go to Step 24.
b. Verify RCS Cold Leg Temperature - b. Perform the following:

GREATER THAN 275F

1) Locally obtain S/G secondary temperature measurements. Refer to 3-NOP-041.01A, 3A Reactor Coolant Pump Operations; 3-NOP-041.01B, 3B Reactor Coolant Pump Operations; or 3-NOP-041.01C, 3C Reactor Coolant Pump Operations, as appropriate, for methods of obtaining S/G temperatures.
2) IF any S/G secondary water temperature is greater than 10F above any RCS cold leg temperature, THEN verify natural circulation using ATTACHMENT 1. IF natural circulation can NOT be verified, THEN increase dumping steam.
3) Go to Step 24.

19 Check Plant Conditions For Starting Perform the following:

Desired RCP

1. Verify natural circulation using
a. A or B 4KV bus - ENERGIZED FROM ATTACHMENT 1. IF natural circulation STARTUP TRANSFORMER can NOT be verified, THEN increase dumping steam.
b. Number one seal P - GREATER THAN 200 PSID 2. Go to Step 24.
c. Thermal barrier P - GREATER THAN 0 INCHES OF WATER
d. Verify proper number one seal leak-off flow - GREATER THAN 0.8 GPM
e. RCP number one seal leak-off temperature - LESS THAN 225F W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

19 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 2/13/12 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED CAUTION CCW System load requirements of 3-NOP-030, COMPONENT COOLING WATER SYSTEM, shall NOT be exceeded.

20 Maintain Proper CCW System Alignment For RCP Operation

a. CCW Heat Exchangers - THREE IN a. Perform the following:

SERVICE

1) Start or stop CCW pumps as necessary to establish ONLY ONE RUNNING CCW PUMP.
2) IF MOV-3-749A and MOV-3-749B are open, THEN stop and place in PULL-TO-LOCK all except one running CCW pump.
3) Go to Step 20c.
b. CCW pumps - ONLY TWO RUNNING b. Start or stop CCW pumps as necessary to establish ONLY TWO RUNNING CCW PUMPS.
c. Check CCW from RHR Heat Exchangers - c. Perform the following:

AT LEAST ONE CLOSED

1) Isolate one Emergency Containment MOV-3-749A Cooler by placing one ECC Control MOV-3-749B Switch in STOP AND go to Step 20d.
2) IF unable to isolate one ECC, THEN stop all RCPs AND verify natural circulation using ATTACHMENT 1.
3) Go to Step 24.
d. Verify B CCW header flow - NORMAL d. Perform the following:
1) Verify natural circulation using ATTACHMENT 1. IF natural circulation can NOT be verified, THEN increase dumping steam.
2) Go to Step 24.

W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

20 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 2/5/04C STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 21 Establish Proper CCW Valve Alignment For RCP Operation

a. RCP Thermal Barrier CCW Outlet, a. IF containment isolation phase B NOT MOV-3-626 - OPEN actuated, CCW radiation levels are normal, and RCP number one seal leak-off temperature is less than 225F, THEN perform the following:
1) Manually open MOV-3-626.
2) IF MOV-3-626 can NOT be manually opened, THEN direct the operator to locally open MOV-3-626.
3) IF MOV-3-626 can NOT be opened, THEN verify natural circulation using Attachment 1 AND go to Step 24.
b. Verify the following valves - OPEN b. IF containment isolation phase B NOT actuated, THEN manually open MOV(s).

MOV-3-716A, RCP CCW Inlet MOV-3-716B, RCP CCW Inlet 1) IF MOV(s) can NOT be manually MOV-3-730, RCP Bearing CCW opened, THEN direct operator to Outlet locally open MOV(s).

2) IF any RCP CCW MOV can NOT be opened, THEN verify natural circulation using Attachment 1 AND go to Step 24.
c. Open CCW To Normal Containment Cooler valves MOV-3-1417 MOV-3-1418
d. Reset and start normal containment coolers W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

21 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 12/03/07C STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE If possible, RCP B should be run to provide normal PZR spray. If RCP B cannot be started, RCP C should be started followed by RCP A.

22 Try To Start One RCP

a. Start oil lift pump
b. Check that the oil lift pump has been b. WHEN 2 minute oil lift pressure time delay running - AT LEAST 2 MINUTES is satisfied, THEN verify Permissive To Start light ON AND perform Steps 22c, 22d, and 22e. Continue with Step 23.
c. Start one RCP c. Perform the following:
1) Verify natural circulation using ATTACHMENT 1. IF natural circulation can NOT be verified, THEN increase dumping steam.
2) Stop oil lift pumps.
3) Go to Step 24.
d. Check that the RCP has been running - d. WHEN RCP has been running greater GREATER THAN 1 MINUTE than 1 minute, THEN stop oil lift pump AND continue at Step 23.
e. Stop the oil lift pump 23 Maintain Stable Plant Conditions
a. Maintain PZR pressure - STABLE
b. Maintain PZR level - STABLE b. IF PZR level can NOT be maintained, THEN perform 3-ONOP-041.3, EXCESSIVE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM LEAKAGE while continuing with this procedure.
c. Maintain intact S/G narrow range levels -

STABLE

c. Maintain RCS average temperature -

STABLE AT DESIRED TEMPERATURE W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

22 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 12/03/07C STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 24 Verify RHR Flow Restored Return to Step 6.

25 Go To Appropriate Plant Procedure As Determined By The Shift Manager END OF TEXT W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

23 Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 2/21/14 ATTACHMENT 1 (Page 1 of 1)

NATURAL CIRCULATION INDICATIONS The following conditions support or indicate natural circulation flow:

RCS subcooling based on core exit TCs - GREATER THAN 19F[73F]

S/G pressures - STABLE OR DECREASING RCS hot leg temperatures - STABLE OR DECREASING Core exit TCs - STABLE OR DECREASING RCS cold leg temperatures - WITHIN 30F OF SATURATION TEMPERATURE FOR S/G PRESSURE W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

Foldout Approval Date:

3-ONOP-050 Loss of RHR 6/14/09 FOLDOUT PAGE

1. CONTAINMENT CLOSURE CRITERIA When at reduced inventory operations, containment closure shall be initiated within 5 minutes of the loss of RHR and shall be completed within the time to core boiling, or within 30 minutes of the loss of RHR, whichever is less.

When not in reduced inventory operations, containment closure shall be completed within the time to core boiling, or within 30 minutes of the loss of RHR, whichever is less, unless the containment closure time limit has been extended as allowed by 0-ADM-051, Outage Risk Assessment and Control, Enclosure 13, Containment Closure Time Limits.

FINAL PAGE W97/DH/cls/njw/emc

LOIT L-15-1 NRC Exam material controlled by TR-AA-230-1009, Training Examination Security.

Simulator - JPM E LOIT L-15-1 NRC Exam material controlled by TR-AA-230-1009, Training Examination Security.

JPM TITLE: Manually Synchronize Main Generator JPM NUMBER: 01002002100 REV. 1-0 TASK NUMBER(S) I 01002002100 I TASK TITLE(S): Manually Synchronize Main Generator KIA NUMBERS: 045 A4.02 KIA VALUE: RO 2.7 /SRO 2.6 Justification (FOR KIA VALUES <3.0): N/A (Minimum for Initial Exam is 2.5)

TASK APPLICABILITY:

1ZJ RO 1ZJ SRO D STA D Non-Lie D SRO CERT D OTHER: _ _

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING: Simulate/Walkthrough: D Perform: 0 EVALUATION LOCATION: In-Plant: D Control Room: CJ Simulator: ~ Other:

Lab:

Time for Completion: 20 Minutes Time Critical: NO Alternate Path [NRC]: NO Alternate Path [INPO]: NO Developed by: ZS- fLf Date Training Program Owner Date TR-AA-230-1003-Frn, Revision 2 L-'15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E

01002002100, Manually Synchronize Main Generator, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 3 of 19 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.

REVIEW STATEMENTS YES NO N/A

1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
7. If the task is time critical, is the time critical portion based upon actual task performance requirements?
8. Is the job level appropriate for the task being evaluated if required?
9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /

Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?

12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?

TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.

All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.

Protected Content: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material)

{C001}

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01002002100, Manually Synchronize Main Generator, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 4 of 19 UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

SUPERVISOR DATE TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01002002100, Manually Synchronize Main Generator, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 5 of 19 SIMULATOR SET-UP:

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

_____ 1. Reset to IC 20 or equivalent IC.

_____ 2. Go to NO-OP page 2 and freeze the simulator for the following:

_____ 3. Ensure applicable portions of Simulator Operator Checklist are complete.

_____ 4. Place Simulator in RUN.

_____ 5. Acknowledge alarms and place Simulator in FREEZE.

_____ 6. Save as a temporary IC if JPM will be repeated.

_____ 7. When ready to begin, then place Simulator in RUN.

SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS:

NA SIMULATOR OVERRIDES:

NA SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS:

NA TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01002002100, Manually Synchronize Main Generator, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 6 of 19 Required Materials: HANDOUT 3-GOP-301, Hot Standby to Power Operation General

References:

3-GOP-301, Hot Standby to Power Operation Task Standards: Main Generator is synchronized to the grid and Main Generator load is raised above 10 MWe with no reverse power trip.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01002002100, Manually Synchronize Main Generator, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 7 of 19 I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Unit 3 is in MODE 1, 6% power.
  • The voltage regulator is in service.
  • The Main Generator AUTO Synchronizing Circuit is NOT available.
  • The Shift Manager has given authorization to perform a manual synchronization of the main generator.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • You have been directed to continue the procedure at step 5.52.6 to manually synchronize the generator using 3-GOP-301, Hot Standby to Power Operation.
  • All prerequisites and job briefings have already been completed.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01002002100, Manually Synchronize Main Generator, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 8 of 19 JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:

NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).

NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.52.3.6:

Critical N (SEQ-1)

From the TCS HMI select Generator Status and Sync icon.

Standard: Select Generator Status and Sync window on TCS/HMI.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.52.3.7:

Critical Y (SEQ-2)

Close the exciter field breaker and verify response on Control Room or local exciter field ammeter between greater than 0 and 90 amps.

Standard: Close exciter field breaker and verify amps are between 0 and 90 amps.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01002002100, Manually Synchronize Main Generator, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 9 of 19 Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.52.3.8:

Critical N (SEQ-3)

Ensure all three generator voltage display windows are indicating between 0 and 17 kV.

Standard: Ensure all three voltages are between 0 and 17 kV.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.52.3.9:

Critical Y (SEQ-4)

Slowly increase generator voltage to between 21500 and 22500 volts by raising the DC regulator control in small step changes.

Standard: Adjust generator voltage to between 21.5 and 22.5 kV.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.52.3.9:

Critical N (SEQ-5)

a. Verify exciter field ammeter responds with each adjustment.
b. Verify all three generator voltage display windows are indicating equal values.
c. When generator voltage is at final setting, verify exciter field amps between 100 and 130 amps on the generator voltage display window and exciter field ammeter.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01002002100, Manually Synchronize Main Generator, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 10 of 19 Standard: Verify above parameters following generator voltage adjustment.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.52.3.10:

Critical Y (SEQ-6)

Place the Voltage Regulator Control Switch in the Test position.

Standard: Place Voltage Regulator Control Switch to TEST.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.52.3.11:

Critical N (SEQ-7)

Slowly adjust the AC regulator control to null the AC-DC regulator mismatch.

Standard: Adjust AC-DC mismatch to zero.

Evaluator Note: Acceptable range is to nearest tick mark on meter.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.52.3.12:

Critical Y (SEQ-8)

Place the Voltage Regulator Control Switch in On position.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01002002100, Manually Synchronize Main Generator, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 11 of 19 Standard: Place Voltage Regulator Control Switch to On.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.52.3.13:

Critical Y (SEQ-9)

Place the Generator Synchronizing East Bus Control, 8W33, in the Manual position.

Standard: Place Sync Control switch for 8W33 to Manual.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.52.3.14:

Critical Y (SEQ-10)

Adjust the turbine speed using Turbine Speed/Pwr control switch or using the Lower/Raise buttons on the HMI TCS Startup Speed Control screen until the synchroscope indicator is rotating slowly in the Fast direction.

Standard: Adjust turbine speed such that synchroscope is rotating slowly in the Fast direction.

Evaluator Note: Only critical to have synchroscope rotating in the FAST direction.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.52.3.15:

Critical N (SEQ-11)

Adjust the AC regulator control to set the incoming voltage equal to the running voltage.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01002002100, Manually Synchronize Main Generator, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 12 of 19 Standard: Match incoming and running voltages.

Evaluator Note: Matched to nearest tick mark of meter.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.52.4:

Critical N (SEQ-12)

WHEN reactor power is between 5 and 7 percent, THEN verify the following parameters are stable or indicate a very slow rate of change:

  • Tavg (549°F to 551°F)
  • PZR level (on program for Tavg)

Standard: Verify above parameters.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.53:

Critical N (SEQ-13)

NOTES

  • The Manual Mode is only to be used by authorization of the Shift Manager.
  • Steps 5.53 through 5.56 should be reviewed prior to synchronizing the generator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01002002100, Manually Synchronize Main Generator, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 13 of 19 Standard: Candidate reads Notes. Manual Mode authorized by SM per turnover.

Reviews steps 5.53 to 5.56.

Evaluator Cue: Provide candidate with copy of HANDOUT 3-GOP-301.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.53.1:

Critical Y (SEQ-14)

Place the Gen Synchronizing East Bus Control in the Man position.

Standard: Candidate places Gen Synchronizing East Bus Control in the Manual Position.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.53.2:

Critical N (SEQ-15)

Verify the Inadvertent Protection Scheme Armed amber light above the synchroscope is Lit.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01002002100, Manually Synchronize Main Generator, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 14 of 19 Standard: Candidate verifies the Inadvertent Protection Scheme Light.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.53.3:

Critical Y (SEQ-16)

Ensure synchroscope is rotating slowly in the Fast direction.

Standard: Candidate adjusts the turbine speed until the synchroscope is rotating slowly in the Fast direction.

Evaluator Note: Only critical to have synchroscope rotating in the FAST direction.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.53.4:

Critical N (SEQ-17)

CAUTION Do NOT hold GCB control switch in Closed position beyond the 12 oclock position.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01002002100, Manually Synchronize Main Generator, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 15 of 19 Standard: Candidate reads the Caution.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.53.4:

Critical Y (SEQ-18)

WHEN the synchroscope is approximately 11 oclock, THEN manually hold Closed the GCB Control Switch until either the GCB is Closed OR the 12 oclock position is reached.

Standard: Take GCB Control Switch to close at appropriate time to close breaker without tripping.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.53.5:

Critical N (SEQ-19)

NOTES

  • If East bus breaker fails to close, the Power Coordinator in Systems Operations needs to be notified prior to attempting to synchronize with the Mid Bus Breaker, since realignment of the switchyard may be required. (The Systems Operator/Power Coordinator evaluates system conditions to determine if the high line should be isolated before closing the Mid Bus Breaker, and will work with the plant to expedite any necessary switching). [Commitment - Step 2.3.1]
  • If the generator is motored at 2 MW or more for 30 seconds, the reverse power relay will initiate generator lockout.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01002002100, Manually Synchronize Main Generator, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 16 of 19 Standard: Candidate reads the Notes.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.53.5.1:

Critical N (SEQ-20)

WHEN the GCB closes, THEN perform the following:

1. Observe the East Bus Breaker indicating lights to verify breaker is Closed (red on, green off).

Standard: Candidate observes East Bus Breaker closed.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-GOP-301, HOT STANDBY TO POWER OPERATION, Step 5.53.5.2:

Critical Y (SEQ-21)

IF main generator load is less than 10 MWe, THEN increase load to approximately 10 MWe using the Turbine Speed / Pwr control switch or using the Raise button on the HMI TCS Load Control screen.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01002002100, Manually Synchronize Main Generator, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 17 of 19 Standard: Candidate raises load to at least 10 MWe with NO reverse power trip.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Terminating Cues:

When turbine load is >10 MWe, state this completes the JPM.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

Stop Time:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01002002100, Manually Synchronize Main Generator, Rev. 1 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 18 of 19 Examinee: Evaluator:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT Date:

LOIT RO LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS: SAT: UNSAT:

Remediation required: YES NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).

EXAMINER NOTE: ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.

EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:

NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM E NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM Page 19 of 19 TURNOVER SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Unit 3 is in MODE 1, 6% power.
  • The voltage regulator is in service.
  • The Main Generator AUTO Synchronizing Circuit is NOT available.
  • The Shift Manager has given authorization to perform a manual synchronization of the main generator.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • You have been directed to continue the procedure at step 5.52.6 to manually synchronize the generator using 3-GOP-301, Hot Standby to Power Operation.
  • All prerequisites and job briefings have already been completed.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

Florida Power & Light Company Turkey Point Nuclear Plant 3-GOP-301 CAUTION Performance of this procedure may affect core reactivity.

Title:

Hot Standby to Power Operation Continuous Use Safety Related Procedure Responsible Department: Operations Revision Number: 30 Issue Date: 10/20/14 Revision Approval Date: 10/16/14 PCRs 1801266, 1818235, 1804654, 1819541, 1814462, 1835602, 1843586, 1835655, 1861065, 1869656, 1873787, 1873789, 1863258, 1881176, 1898082, 1831925, 1905165, 1894424, 1926214, 1919831, 1919405, 1953043, 1877444, 1959448, 1913139, 1974315, 1966381, 1962036, 1961701, 1988496, 1986832 PC/Ms95-047, 95-057,96-022, 96-086,99-016, 99-045,02-031, 02-085,04-026, 04-112,04-163, 06-002,07-019, 08-025,09-052, 09-051 ECs 242435, 242442, 242457, 246849, 246870, 246890, 246895, 246896, 246908, 246914, 246930, 246935, 246937, 247008, 249436, 27322~ 27377Q 24689~ 24243~ 247048, 242434, 242439, 24706~

278835, 280752 W201 O:TN M/cls/ab/cls

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

2

  • Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 10/16/14 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Rev. 30)

Revision Revision Revision Revision Page Date Page Date Page Date Page Date 1 10/16/14 41 09/03/14 81 09/03/14 121 10/16/14 2 10/16/14 42 09/03/14 82 09/03/14 122 10/16/14 3 10/16/14 43 09/03/14 83 09/03/14 123 10/16/14 4 10/16/14 44 04/27/14 84 09/03/14 124 10/16/14 5 04/12/14 45 04/27/14 85 09/03/14 125 10/16/14 6 04/12/14 46 04/27/14 86 09/03/14 126 10/16/14 7 04/12/14 47 04/27/14 87 09/03/14 127 10/16/14 8 04/12/14 48 04/27/14 88 09/03/14 128 10/16/14 9 04/12/14 49 04/27/14 89 09/03/14 129 10/16/14 10 04/12/14 50 04/27/14 90 09/03/14 130 10/16/14 11 04/27/14 51 04/27/14 91 10/16/14 131 10/16/14 12 04/12/14 52 04/27/14 92 10/16/14 132 10/16/14 13 04/12/14 53 04/27/14 93 10/16/14 133 10/16/14 14 04/27/14 54 09/03/14 94 10/16/14 134 10/16/14 15 04/23/14 55 09/03/14 95 10/16/14 135 10/16/14 16 04/12/14 56 09/03/14 96 10/16/14 136 10/16/14 17 04/12/14 57 09/03/14 97 10/16/14 137 10/16/14 18 04/12/14 58 09/03/14 98 10/16/14 138 10/16/14 19 04/12/14 59 09/03/14 99 10/16/14 139 10/16/14 20 07/22/14 60 09/03/14 100 10/16/14 21 04/12/14 61 09/03/14 101 10/16/14 22 04/12/14 62 09/03/14 102 10/16/14 23 04/12/14 63 09/03/14 103 10/16/14 24 04/12/14 64 09/03/14 104 10/16/14 25 04/12/14 65 09/03/14 105 10/16/14 26 04/12/14 66 09/03/14 106 10/16/14 27 04/12/14 67 09/03/14 107 10/16/14 28 04/12/14 68 09/03/14 108 10/16/14 29 04/12/14 69 09/03/14 109 10/16/14 30 04/12/14 70 09/03/14 110 10/16/14 31 04/12/14 71 09/03/14 111 10/16/14 32 04/12/14 72 09/03/14 112 10/16/14 33 04/12/14 73 09/03/14 113 10/16/14 34 04/12/14 74 09/03/14 114 10/16/14 35 04/27/14 75 09/03/14 115 10/16/14 36 04/27/14 76 09/03/14 116 10/16/14 37 04/27/14 77 09/03/14 117 10/16/14 38 04/27/14 78 09/03/14 118 10/16/14 39 04/27/14 79 09/03/14 119 10/16/14 40 04/27/14 80 09/03/14 120 10/16/14

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

I Page:

3 Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 10/16/14 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 1.0 PURPOSE............................................................................................................................. 5

2.0 REFERENCES

/RECORDS REQUIRED/

COMMITMENT DOCUMENTS....................................................................................... 5 3.0 PREREQUISITES............................................................................................................... 17 4.0 PRECAUTIONS/LIMITATIONS...................................................................................... 29 5.0 PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................... 37 ENCLOSURES/ATTACHMENTS Enclosure 1 DCS Points for Use During Reactor Startup.............................................................. 93 Enclosure 2 Manual Control of Feed Water Flow Control Valves in Conjunction with the Feed Water Bypass Valves................................................. 95 Enclosure 3 Reactivity Management at or Close to Full Power.................................................... 96 Enclosure 4 Maintaining Reactor Power Below 100 Percent Tech Spec Limit............................ 100 Enclosure 5 Guidance for Adjusting System Voltage and Main Generator Reactive Load ........ ~. 102 Attachment 1 Inverse Count Rate Data and Plot Sheet.................................................................... 103 Attachment 2 Control Room Switch Alignment Check Prior to Entering Mode 2 ............... .... ....... 106 Attachment 3 Control Room Switch Alignment Check Prior to Entering Mode 1.......................... 120 Attachment 4 Power Data Sheet....................................................................................................... 134

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

4 Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 10/16/14 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd)

Section Attachment 5 Operation of the Steam Dump to Atmosphere Controllers........................................ 13 8 Attachment 6 TCS Trip Setpoints ...................... ........ ......... ... ..... .............................. .......... ....... .. .... 13 9

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

I Page:

5 Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 4/12/14 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides instructional guidance for the startup of the Unit from a hot standby condition to power operations.

1.2 Due to extensive plant changes for Extended Power Uprate, this revision allows 3-PTP-072.2, 3R26 Extended Power Uprate Return to Service Testing, to be concurrently performed.

2.0 REFERENCES

/RECORDS REQUIRED/COMMITMENT DOCUMENTS 2.1 References 2.1.1 Technical Specifications

1. 1. 7, Containment Integrity Definition
2. 2.1, Safety Limits
3. 3.1.1, Boron Control
4. 3.1.3, Movable Control Assemblies
5. 3/4.2.4, Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio
6. 3 .3 .1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation
7. 3.3.2, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Instrumentation
8. 3.4, Reactor Coolant System
9. 3 .4.1, Reactor Coolant Loops and Coolant Circulation System
10. 3.4.9, Pressure/Temperature Limits
11. 3.5, Emergency Core Cooling Systems
12. 3.6, Containment System
13. 3.7, Plant System
14. 3.8, Electrical Power Systems
15. 4.0, Surveillance Requirements 2.1.2 FSAR
1. Section 4.2, Reactor Coolant System Design and Operation

ages 6-28 are int ntionall omi t d

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

29 Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 4/12/14 4.0 PRECAUTIONS/LIMITATIONS 4.1 Criticality should be anticipated anytime when shutdown or control rod banks are being withdrawn or boron dilution is in progress.

4.2 All shutdown rods shall be fully withdrawn before the reactor is made critical.

4.3 Do not make the reactor critical with a moderator temperature coefficient of reactivity more positive than +5 pcm/°F (except as permitted for low power physics tests).

4.4 The approach to criticality shall be guided by plotting inverse count rate ratio versus control rod position. Observe the l/m plot to assure criticality will not occur below the insertion limit for zero power.

4.5 Before withdrawing any rod bank from the fully inserted position, the group step counters and the rod position indicators for that bank shall meet the control rod position Acceptance Criteria in 3-0SP-201.1, RO Daily Logs.

4.6 When moving shutdown or control rod banks; the Group Step Counters, RPis, and all Nuclear Instrumentation Channels shall be closely monitored to verify proper bank movement and bank overlap for control rods.

4.7 The Reactor Coolant System lowest operating loop temperature (Tavg) shall be greater than or equal to 541 °F with Keff greater than or equal to 1. 0.

4.8 All Reactor coolant loops shall be in operation prior to making the reactor critical, Mode 2.

With less than 3 Loops in operation, restore all Loops to operable status or be in Hot Standby within six (6) hours.

4.9 Before transferring the Rod Control selector from Manual to Auto mode, the control rod banks shall be positioned as required to adjust Tavg within l .0°F of Tref.

4.10 At power, all Rod Position Indicators and Power Range Nuclear Channels shall be periodically monitored for control rod misalignment and abnormal power distribution.

4.11 Every attempt should be made to maintain the Axial Flux Difference within the Operational Space to avoid; otherwise, unnecessary power reductions; reference O-NOP-059.09, Operation Within the Axial Flux Difference Operational Space.

4.12 Control banks shall be maintained above the respective Rod Bank A-B-C or D Low Limit Alarm by maintaining the required RCS boron concentration.

4.13 When any control rod bank is below the Rod Bank A-B-C or D Extra Low Limit Alarm, then refer to T.S. 3.1.3.6, Control Rod Insertion Limits.

4.14 SUR should not be permitted to exceed a steady state value of 1.0 dpm below the POAH and 0.5 dpm above the POAH.

4.15 If the Steam Dump System is automatically armed by a load rejection and equilibrium conditions are re-established, the Steam Dump Control shall be reset by placing the steam dump to condenser Mode Selector switch to Reset.

4.16 The Steam Pressure Control Dump to Condenser Auto/Manual station shall have a zero output signal prior to placing the Steam Dump to Condenser Mode Selector in Manual.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

30 Approval Date:

3-GOP~301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 4/12/14 4.17 When the steam dump is in the Manual mode of operation, then reactor power, Tavg, SIG pressure, and indicated valve position shall be closely monitored.

4.18 When adjusting the Steam Dump Control, adjustments shall be made in small increments, allowing sufficient time between adjustments for valve response.

4.18.1 The valves require approximately 18 seconds to travel full stroke, 0 to 100 percent, when given a modulation signal, and are required to travel 0 to 100 percent open in less than 7 seconds when given a quick-open signal.

4.18.2 All changes should result in an equivalent change in steam demand and reactor power.

4.18.3 Any control adjustment that does not change the demand should be investigated and use of the dump valves discontinued until the problem is resolved.

4.19 When any instrumentation channel is removed from service, the channel shall be removed from control, if required, by use of the appropriate selector switch. Associated bistables shall be tripped as necessary to satisfy the requirements of Technical Specification Table 3.3-1; reference 3-0NOP-049.1, Deviation or Failure of Safety Related or Reactor Protection Channels.

4.20 During secondary plant warmup, steam should be drawn from the steam generator slowly, and feedwater additions should be carefully regulated to avoid uncontrolled cooldown of the Reactor Coolant System.

4.21 Main Turbine speed should not be increased above 600 rpm until the RCS temperature is between 544°F and 550°F.

4.22 The operability of Main Feedwater Control Valves, FCV-3-478, 488, and 498, should be checked by stroking through one complete cycle prior to placing the Turbine/Generator on line.

4.23 Voltage Limitations [Commitment Step 2.3.13]:

4.23.1 If switchyard voltage can not be maintained between 233 kV and 241.5 kV, the entry conditions for O-ONOP-004.6, Degraded Switchyard Voltage, may be satisfied.

4.23.2 If greater than P-7, a 4kV bus voltage less than or equal to 2975 volts will generate a reactor trip signal.

4.23.3 Degraded load center voltages may result in bus stripping and a reactor trip. If load center voltage can not be maintained above 450 volts, refer to Tech Spec Table 3.3-3 for degraded bus trip setpoints and time delays.

4.23.4 Terminal voltage at the Main Generator windings should be maintained less than 23.1 kV to prevent serious damage.

4.24 Safety Injection Signals shall not be in a blocked status for any reason other than for intentional, controlled depressurization and cooldown of the Reactor Coolant System as per approved plant procedures.

4.25 During a Post Trip Recovery at EOL, Reactor Engineering Department shall be contacted for startup guidelines when startup is within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> of criticality.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

31 Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 4/12/14 4.26 The following guidelines shall be used after the third (3rd) doubling (i.e., 1/m approximately 0.125) while approaching criticality using the 1/m plot.

4.26.l If the projected critical rod position is below the insertion limit (as specified in the COLR), then the control banks should be inserted and the RCS borated as necessary.

4.26.2 If the projected critical rod position deviates from the ECC rod position by more than 300 PCM, but less than or equal to 400 PCM, then permission to pull the Reactor critical shall be obtained from the Shift Manager or designee after a review of the ECC calculations.

4.26.3 If the projected critical rod position deviates from the ECC rod position by greater than 400 PCM, but less than or equal to 500 PCM, then permission to pull to criticality shall be obtained from the Reactor Engineering Supervisor or designee.

4.26.4 If the projected critical rod position deviates from the ECC rod position by greater than 500 PCM, then the control banks shall be reinserted and the ECC reevaluated.

1. If the error can not be determined, permission of the Operations Manager and Reactor Supervisor (or designee) shall be obtained prior to making the reactor critical under the guidance of the 1/m plot.
2. The Reactor shall not be made critical with a difference of greater than or equal to 1000 PCM between the projected critical height and the ECC rod position.

4.27 Per Reference 2.1.5.36, Startup and Conditioning Basis for Westinghouse PWR Fuel, I Revision 3, if the below conditions exist, the following ramp requirements must be met:

  • The Plant has not operated with the existing core at or above the intended power level in the last 27 days. Time spent with the Unit at zero power does not count towards the 2 7-day time limit.
  • Reactor Power is between 50% and 100% of full power .
  • The plant has not operated at or above the intended power level for at least 72 cumulative hours out of the last 7 days (168 hours0.00194 days <br />0.0467 hours <br />2.777778e-4 weeks <br />6.3924e-5 months <br />) of power operation.

4.27.l Ramp rate requirements for fuel integrity ifthe above conditions exist:

  • 0% to 50% Rated Thermal Power (RTP), Unlimited 50% to 80% RTP, ramp rate of 3% per hour Hold for 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> between 75% to 85% power 80% to 90% RTP, ramp rate of2% per hour Hold for 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> between 88% to 95% power 90% to 100% RTP,,ramp rate of 1% per hour I l W2010:T "

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

32 Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 4/12/14 4.27.2 Ramp rates shall not exceed the following limits:

1. At a 3% per hour target ramp rate, the following limits apply:

Power ramp of 4% over any 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> period Power ramp of 7% over any 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> period

  • Power ramp of 10% over any 3 hour3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> period No single step in power shall exceed 3% per hour
2. At a 2% per hour target ramp rate, the following limits apply:
  • Power ramp of 3% over any 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> period Power ramp of 5% over any 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> period
  • Power ramp of 7% over any 3 hour3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> period
  • No single step in power shall exceed 2% per hour
3. At a 1% per hour target ramp rate, the following limits apply:
  • Power ramp of 2% over any 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> period
  • Power ramp of 3% over any 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> period
  • Power ramp of 4% over any 3 hour3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> period
  • No single step in power shall exceed 1% per hour

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

33 Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 4/12/14 4.27.3 Additional Requirements

  • Above 50% power, rod movement should not exceed 3 steps per hour while increasing power greater than 1% per hour
  • Above 75% power, the AFD must remain within+/- 3% of the target HFP AFD as a function of power
  • If needed to maintain AFD within+/- 3% of the target value above 75%

power, the control bank withdrawal rate may exceed 3 steps per hour.

  • The withdrawal rate in this situation should not exceed 6 steps per hour .
  • If the AFD can not be maintained within +/- 3% of the target value above 75% power, then power ascension should stop until the AFD returns to within the target band.
  • During any incore/excore calibration maneuver (i.e., multi-point) during initial startup, control rods should not be rapidly withdrawn* beyond their initial position. However, during a calibration up to 75% of full reactor power, the rods may be inserted as many as 40 steps, and subsequently withdrawn to their initial position.
  • Once the plant has attained a steady state power level for 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />, then load increases may be conducted in that cycle up to that power level without fuel related limitations on ramp rate.

A power hold is defined as power held +/- 1% target reactor thermal power for at least five hours.

If during the startup the two 5 hour5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> power holds identified in Step 4.27.1 have been completed, and a restart is required prior to reaching the conditioning time of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> for RPT greater than 95% power, the power holds are not required during restart.

4.28 All work in the Radiation Controlled Area shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the Radiation Work Permit and ALARA program.

4.29 The Reactor Coolant System hydrogen concentration shall be greater than 15 cc/kg prior to entering Mode 2. If RCS hydrogen is not between 25 and 50 cc/kg within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after entering Mode 2, then Action Level 1 of O-ONOP-041.10, Primary Chemistry Deviation from Limits, applies. Ensure VCT pressure is between 35 and 40 psig until dissolved hydrogen concentration is in the normal band, if required.

4.30 With reactor power below the POAH, reactivity shall not be changed by rod withdrawal and boron dilution at the same time.

4.31 During Mode 2 operation and at reduced power levels (less than 30 percent) in Mode 1, caution shall be exercised when making Secondary System adjustments which would affect power/reactivity levels.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

IPage:

34 3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 4.32 Reactor power changes shall be monitored as follows:

4.32.1 Attachment 4 shall be completed during all power changes.

4.32.2 If Reactor Power changes by greater than or equal to 15 percent in a 1-hour period, Chemistry shall be notified to begin sampling the RCS per Technical Specification 4.4.8, Table 4.4-4, Item 3b.

4.33 Prior to closing the Reactor Trip Breakers, the DCS Reactor Protection SOE Group shall be checked for abnormalities in the system that may not be indicated on status lights.

However, if the DCS Reactor Protection SOE Group is out of service and can not readily be restored, then I&C shall perform a visual check of reactor trip relays in the reactor protection racks to verify none of the reactor trip relays are in the Tripped mode.

4.34 The RCS and pressurizer boron concentration may be equalized at any time using Pressurizer spray and heaters.

4.35 Prior to admitting steam to the turbine, all feedwater heater alarms are required to be cleared or the feedwater heater isolated if the System Engineer suspects tube leakage. This does not apply to the # 1 and #2 heaters up to 50 percent power because high level is expected due to the plant design. [Commitment Step 2.3.9]

4.36 When Venturi power is selected for Calorimetric Reactor Power Indication, Reactor power must be limited to 97% Venturi Percent Power indicated value. This can be maintained indefinitely.

4.37 With Annunciator D-5/6, LEFM TROUBLE CLEAR, LEFM % power is accurate and can be used for 100% power determination. Venturi Corrected Power can not be used until 60 minutes after D-5/6 is clear to allow time to restore the Correction Factor. With Correction Factor restored, Venturi Corrected Power can be used for up to 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br /> following LEFM failure or malfunction.

W20iO:T""

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

35 Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 4/27/14 4.38 The following table lists automatic turbine runbacks to remain aware of above 60% power.

Turbine Transient Condition Automated Action Load 1 of 3 Condensate Pumps Trip >88% Runback at 50% per minute to 85% Power Runback at 50% per minute to 85% Power 1 of 2 Heater Drain Pumps Trip >88%

AND Open CV-3-1900 for 1 minute LP Heater Bypass Control Valve Runback at 50% per minute to 85% Power

>88%

CV-3-2011 called to Open AND Open CV-3-1900 for 1 minute Runback at 200% per minute to 50% Power 1 of 2 SGFP Trip >60% AND Open CV-3-1900 for lminute AND Open CV-3-2011 Runback at 200% per minute to 50% Power OR to the Current Power Level > 50% when the Control Room Manual Runback

>60% operator releases the switch AND Open Switch Activated CV-3-1900 for 1 minute AND Open CV-3-2011 4.39 The Shift Manager may designate operating bands as necessary based on current plant mode and equipment conditions as needed to allow the operating crew more flexibility.

This guidance on operating bands does not allow the violation of Tech Specs or allow the operation near automatic trip setpoints. One example is SIG levels while not in Mode 1 or in Unit startup. The program level is 50 percent, so the operating band is set at 45 to 55 percent. This allows the deviation alarm to remain clear, yet still alert the operator when a 5 percent deviation from program occurs, which is the system design.

4.40 If Turbine Power is greater than or equal to 319 MW Net Generation and the Power System Stabilizer (PSS) is not in service or becomes disabled, then the Transmission System Operator (TSO) shall be notified within 30 minutes.

4.41 All communications with the Transmission System Operation (TSO) are required to be logged in the Unit Narrative Log. In addition, the log entry for any request from the TSO to adjust Main Generator VARS must either indicate that the request was complied with or give an explanation of why the schedule could not be met.

4.42 If the Unit Auxiliary Transformer is out of service, the generator reactive power output should be limited to 436 MVAR. The 436 MVAR limit is a conservative value based on the Main Transformer short term rating of 1000 MVA and the maximum post-EPU generator real power output level of 900 MW.

4.43 If a previously signed step is no longer valid, use the guidance of O-ADM-201, Operations Procedure Usage, to line through the step and add a line.

4.44 Operators should monitor the status of Turbine Trips in Attachment 6.

4.45 PMT of Turbine control valves can cause pressure spikes on PT-3-446/447, causing a reactor trip if P-7 is enabled with the turbine latched and reactor trip breakers Closed. To prevent this, TCV testing must be done with the Main Steam Header Depressurized.

CA for AR 01856035.

W2010:TN

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

36 Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 4/27/14 I

4.46 RCS and Seal Injection filters should be swapped to Outage size before first Crud Burst.

Filters should be swapped to Normal Operation size one week after 100% power is reached or next interval.

RCS Filters Normal Operation Filter Status Outage Size(µ)

Size(µ)

3F200A 0.1 In-Service 2.0 3F200B 6.0 Standby 6.0 3F200C 0.1 In-Service 2.0 Seal Injection Filters Normal Operation Filter Status Outage Size (µ)

Size(µ)

3F220A 0.1 In-Service 0.45.

3F220B 0.1 Standby 0.45

I I II

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

64 Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 9/3/14 5.52.3 (Cont'd)

  1. ? f y that any remaining system line-ups in Subsection 3.4 are signed off.

',J!f1 ~I:_~e AMSAC in service using 3-NOP-093.01, ATWS Mitigating System Actuation Circuitry .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTEs ............................ """ ...................... """ ............. I I . Annunciator E 812, GEN FIELD FORCINGNOL T REG LIMITING, may come in and clear.

I . When the exciter field breaker is Closed, the exciter amps and generator voltage may vary based on generator conditions, i.e. cold from a refueling outage or relatively hot from a SNO. If exciter amps or generator voltage are NOT within the specified band, System Engineering shall be contacted for further guidance.

The TCS HM/ should be selected to monitor generator voltage prior to closing the exciter field breaker.

Based on the setpoint of the DC Adjuster Circuit, a generator voltage in excess of 17 KV may occur and should be expected.

1

  • Adjustment of the Main Exciter DC Regulator Control switch will be required to ensure L _a:::.r~ :e:t:.ol~g~s~ar::_n:o::.r:in:::_at~g~tw~en:_ a:d ::_k~

@ From the TCS HMI select Generator Status and Sync icon.

7. Close the exciter field breaker AND verify response on Control Room or local exciter.field ammeter between greater than 0 and 90 amps.
8. Ensure all three generator voltage display windows are indicating between 0 and 17 KV.

CAUTION Generator operation greater than 23, 100 volts may damage the generator windings.

Exciter field current is limited to 135 amps at no-load to ensure acceptable generator voltage.

9. Slowly increase generator voltage to between 21500 and 22500 volts by raising the DC regulator control in small step changes.
a. Verify exciter field ammeter responds with each adjustment.
b. Verify all three generator voltage display windows are indicating equal values.
c. When generator voltage is at final setting, verify exciter field amps between 100 amps and 130 amps on the generator voltage display window and exciter field ammeter.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

65 Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 9/3/14 5.52.3 (Cont'd)

10. Place the Voltage Regulator Control Switch in the Test position.

NOTE I t The regulator mismatch meter may oscillate about the zero point due to minor speed I changes.

11. Slowly adjust the AC regulator control to null the AC-DC regulator mismatch meter.
12. Place the Voltage Regulator Control Switch in the On position.
13. Place the Generator Synchronizing East Bus Control, 8W33, in the Manual position.

NOTE The Turbine Speed!Pwr control switch and Lower/Raise buttons are less sensitive when turbine speed is between 1790 to 1800 rpm. In this speed range, the ramp rate is only 15 rpm/min (or0.25 rpm/sec).

14. Adjust the turbine speed using Turbine Speed/Pwr control switch or using the Lower/Raise buttons on the HMI TCS Startup Speed Control screen until the synchroscope indicator is rotating slowly in the Fast direction.
15. Adjust the AC regulator control to set the incoming voltage equal to the running voltage.

WHEN reactor power is between 5 and 7 percent, THEN verify the following parameters are stable or indicate a very slow rate of change:

[Commitment - Step 2.3.11 - CAPR]

  • Tavg (549° to 551°F)
  • PRZ level (on program for Tavg)

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

66 Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 9/3/14


11111----- NOTES I

  • The Manual Mode is only to be used by authorization of the Shift Manager.

m L _S~s~*:hr:u~.~~ul~b::v~w::_p:o:s:c:ni:n~e~e:at:r. J 5.53 Manually synchronize the generator as follows (NIA if Auto Synchronization is used):

5.53.1 Place the Gen Synchronizing East Bus Control in the Man position.

5.53.2 Verify the Inadvertent Protection Scheme Armed amber light above the synchroscope is Lit.

5.53.3 Ensure synchroscope is rotating slowly in the Fast direction.

CAUTION Do NOT hold GCB control switch in Closed position beyond the 12 o'clock position.

5.53.4 WHEN the synchroscope is approximately 11 o'clock, THEN manually hold Closed the GCB Control Switch until either the GCB is Closed OR the 12 o'clock position is reached. -

NOTES

  • If East bus breaker fails to close, the Power Coordinator in Systems Operations needs to be notified prior to attempting to synchronize with the Mid Bus Breaker, since realignment of the switchyard may be required. (The Systems Operator/Power Coordinator evaluates system conditions to determine if the high line should be isolated before closing the Mid Bus Breaker, and will work with the plant to expedite any necessary switching). [Commitment- Step 2.3.1]
  • If the generator is motored at 2 MW or more for 30 seconds, the reverse power relay will initiate generator lockout.

5.53.5 WHEN the GCB closes, THEN perform the following:

1. Observe the East Bus Breaker indicating lights to verify breaker is Closed (red on, green off).
2. IF main generator load is less than 10 MW e, THEN increase load to approximately 10 MWe using the Turbine Speed I Pwr control switch or using the Raise button on the HivII TCS Load Control screen.
3. Place synchroscope in the Off position.
4. Verify the Inadvertent Protection Scheme Armed amber light above the synchroscope is Off.
5. Verify Generator Amps are within 2 percent on all three phases.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

67 Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 9/3/14


11111111 NOTES

" If auto synchronizing is inoperable or undesirable, the Shift Manager may authorize the use of Manual Synchronizing Mode.

" In Auto Mode, the turbine speed and generator voltage are automatically adjusted, which may require several minutes to satisfy the system logic.

" If the Auto Synchronizing pushbutton is held for greater than 10 seconds, the auto-synchronizing logic will be disabled before a second auto-synchronizing attempt at breaker closure is initiated.

" Steps 5. 54. 1 through 5. 54. 5 should be reviewed prior to synchronizing the generator.

5.54 Perform auto synchronization as follows: (NIA if Manual mode is used.)

5.54.1 Place the Gen Synchronizing East Bus Control to the Auto position.

5.54.2 Verify East Bus Breaker white light above synchroscope flashes at 12 o'clock position, indicating synchronized conditions.

5.54.3 Verify the Inadvertent Protection Scheme Armed amber light above the synchroscope is Lit.

NOTES

" If East Bus Breaker fails to close, the Power Coordinator in Systems Operations needs to be notified prior to attempting to synchronize with the Mid Bus Breaker, since realignment of the switchyard may be required. (The Systems Operator/Power Coordinator evaluates system conditions to determine if the high line should be isolated before closing the Mid Bus Breaker, and will work with the plant to expedite any necessary switching.) [Commitment- Step 2.3.1]

" If the generator is motored at 2 MW or more incoming for 30 seconds, the reverse power relay will initiate generator lockout.


1 5.54.4 Before the synchroscope reaches the 11 o'clock position, depress AND hold the Auto Synchronizing button.

W201 O:TNM/cls/ab/cls

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

68

  • Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 9/3/14 5.54.5 WHEN the GCB closes, THEN perform the following:

1. Observe the East Bus Breaker indicating lights to verify breaker closure (red On; green Off).
2. IF main generator load is less then 10 MW e, THEN increase load to approximately 10 MWe using the Turbine Speed/Pwr Control switch or using the Raise button on HMI TCS Load Control Screen (each touch of the Raise button equals approximately 1 MWe ).
3. Place synchroscope in the Off position.
4. Match the flag on the East Bus Generator GCB Control Switch by taking the switch to Close.
5. Verify the Inadvertent Protection Scheme Armed amber light above the synchroscope is Off.
6. Verify Generator Amps are within 2 percent on all three phases.

NOTES

  • To prevent excessive changes in SIG pressure and level, the SOTA valves should be checked to verify that they are responding prior to each additional load step.
  • Increasing main generator load shall be coordinated with the operator controlling steam generator levels.

5.55 Perform the following to increase turbine load: [Commitment Step 2.3.11 - CAPR]

5.55.l Monitor automatic control program values using the Plant Curve Book Section IV, Figure 5 AND notify the Shift Manager of any unexpected deviations.

5.55.2 Raise Turbine Load using 3-NOP-089, Main Turbine.

1. Below 40 MW e, only the following methods are available.
  • Raise/Lower Buttons on Load Control Screen
  • Speed/Load Turbine Control Switch
2. Above 40 MW e, the following methods are available:
  • Raise/Lower Buttons on Load Control Screen Speed/Load Turbine Control Switch
  • Megawatt Control TIP Control W201 O:TNM/cls/ab/cls_

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

I Page:

69 Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 9/3/14

~ - - .. - llllBl!I - 111111 - - - - - 11111 ~ - - -- - 1111111 - - - 1111111 II NOTE I The following step is performed by the operator controlling steam generator levels and 1

pressures.

5.55.3 IF the Steam Dump to Atmosphere (SDTA) valves are being used, THEN operate SDTAs to control Main Steam pressure and Tave per the following steps until all SDTA valves are Closed and the Tavg - Tref DeltaT is within the band provided by the US. (Reference Attachment 5 for operation of the SDTA controllers.)

1. Verify the SDTA controllers in Automatic are Closing the SDTA valves as steam is drawn off to the turbine.
2. Slowly Close the SDTA valve in Manual to balance steam flow with the SDTA valves in Automatic AND make minor adjustments to Tavg, as necessary.

NOTES I " When the SOTA valves are operating properly, there should be a balance between the SOTA valves closing and main turbine steam usage, with little perturbation in main steam header pressure as load is increased.

I . The SOTA valves can be verified to be closing by observing main steam header pressure recover as the main generator is loaded.

The SOTA controller settings may be adjusted in small increments as necessary to maintain steam generator levels.

It should NOT be necessary to close the SOTA valve in manual as a pre-emptive action when the main generator output breaker is Closed.

3. Observe main steam header pressure while loading the main generator to maintain a balance between the SDTA valves closing and the steam being used to increase load.
4. WHEN steam generato~ levels and pressures stabilize following a load increase, THEN notify the operator controlling the main generator to increase load by 5 to 10 MWe.
5. Continue monitoring and controlling in the steps above until Substep 5.55.3.61 below is completed.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

70 Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 9/3/14 5.55.3 (Cont'd)

~------------------------,

NOTES I . The SOTA valves should be closed by approximately 40 MWe.

I . Once Turbine Power has exceeded 40 MWe, MW CNTRL and TIP CNTRL become enabled on the TCS.

6. WHEN the SDTA valves in automatic are Closed, THEN ensure the SDTA valve in Manual is Closed AND Tavg/Tref are within the band provided by us.
7. Align the SDTA controllers for automatic operation as follows:
a. Verify Steam Dump to Atmosphere Valve, CV-3-1606, is Closed.

(1) Adjust the controller setpoint to 1005 psig.

(2) Ensure the controller is in Auto.

b. Verify Steam Dump to Atmosphere Valve, CV-3-1607, is Closed.

(1) Adjust the controller setpoint to 1005 psig.

(2) Ensure the controller is in Auto.

c. Verify Steam Dump to Atmosphere Valve, CV-3-1608, is Closed.

(1) Adjust the controller setpoint to 1005 psig.

(2) Ensure the controller is in Auto.

8. Perform the following to align the steam dump to condenser for Auto:
a. Place the Steam Dump to Condenser Control switch in the On position.
b. Momentarily place the Mode Selector switch to Reset.
c. Place the Mode Selector Switch to Auto.

5.55.4 IF the steam dump to condenser (SDTC) valves are being used, THEN perform the following:

1. Verify the SDTC valves are closing as steam is drawn off to the turbine.
2. WHEN load has increased sufficiently to cause the SDTC valves to fully Close, THEN place the Mode Selector Switch to Reset, then to Auto.
3. Verify Annunciator C 8/3, STEAM DUMP ARMED/ACTUATED, clears.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

71 Approval Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 913114 CAUTIONS

  • Communication between the Reactor Operators on the control board is critical during plant startup. ROs must inform each other of important parameter changes such as reactor and turbine power, SIG levels, and changes in blowdown flow.

" Intermediate Range to Power Range overlap is required prior to blocking the Intermediate Range Trip and the Power Range LO Range Trip.

  • Block of the Intermediate Range Trip and the Power Range LO Range Trip is required prior to increasing power greater than 20 percent.

5.56 Perform the following to slowly increase reactor power:

5.56.1 WHEN SIG levels are stable, THEN continue to increase reactor power by dilution using O-OP-046, CVCS - Boron Concentration Control, or by withdrawing control rods.

5 .56.2 Monitor AND adjust SIG levels in response to rising reactor power and turbine load.

5.57 WHEN Reactor Power level is greater than 10 percent, THEN perform the following:

5.57.l Verify Power Above P-10 status light on VPA is On.

5.57.2 Verify At Power Trips Blocked status light on VPA goes Off.

5.57.3 Press AND hold for 2 to 4 seconds Train A and Train B Intermediate Range Trip Push to Block pushbuttons on the Reactor Console.

5.57.4 Verify 25% Inter RNG Trip Blocked status light on VPA is On.

5.57.5 Press AND hold for 2 to 4 seconds Train A and Train B Power Lo Range Trip Push to Block pushbuttons on the Reactor Console.

5.57.6 Verify 25% PWR RNG Trip Blocked status light on VPA is On.

5.57.7 Verify the following on DCS:

1. Intermediate Range NIS Trip Blocked.
2. NIS LO Power Range Trip Blocked.

LOIT L-15-1 NRC Exam material controlled by TR-AA-230-1009, Training Examination Security.

Simulator - JPM F LOIT L-15-1 NRC Exam material controlled by TR-AA-230-1009, Training Examination Security.

M u J Page 2 of 20 NRC L .. 15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM TITLE: Start 38 Normal Containment Cooling Fan JPM NUMBER: L-15-1 NRC JPM F REV. 0-0 TASK NUMBER(S) I 01057001100 I TASK TITLE(S): Start Normal Containment Cooling Fans KIA NUMBERS: 022 A4.01 KIA VALUE: RO 3.6 /SRO 3.6 Justification (FOR KIA VALUES <3.0): N/A TASK APPLICABILITY:

L8J RO L8J SRO D STA D Non-Lie D SRO CERT D OTHER: _ _

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING: Simulate/Walkthrough: D Perform: [ZJ EVALUATION LOCATION: In-Plant: D Control Room: D Simulator: CD Other:

Lab: D Time for Completion: 15 Minutes Time Critical: NO Alternate Path [NRC]: NO Alternate Path [INPO]: NO Training Supervision Approved by: --~~\f_\_\- __::-__::-~_-_--"_~'::_L-Training Program Owner Date TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator JPM F

L-15-1 NRC JPM F, Start 3B Normal Containment Cooling Fan, Rev. 0 JPM Page 3 of 19 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.

REVIEW STATEMENTS YES NO N/A

1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
7. If the task is time critical, is the time critical portion based upon actual task performance requirements?
8. Is the job level appropriate for the task being evaluated if required?
9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /

Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?

12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?

TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.

All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.

Protected Content: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material)

{C001}

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM F NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM F, Start 3B Normal Containment Cooling Fan, Rev. 0 JPM Page 4 of 19 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

SUPERVISOR DATE TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM F NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM F, Start 3B Normal Containment Cooling Fan, Rev. 0 JPM Page 5 of 19 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION SIMULATOR SET-UP:

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

_____ 1. Reset to IC 1 or equivalent IC.

_____ 2. Go to NO-OP and freeze the simulator for Cond & Feedwater and Steam Generator.

_____ 3. Ensure applicable portions of Simulator Operator Checklist are complete.

_____ 4. Place Simulator in RUN.

_____ 5. Place 3B NCC Control Switch to OFF/RESET.

_____ 6. Close MOV-3-1417.

_____ 7. Acknowledge alarms and place Simulator in FREEZE.

_____ 8. Save as a temporary IC if JPM will be repeated.

_____ 9. When ready to begin, then place Simulator in RUN.

SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS:

NA SIMULATOR OVERRIDES:

NA SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS:

NA Required Materials: HANDOUT 3-NOP-057, Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System General

References:

3-NOP-057, Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Task Standards: Candidate opens MOV-3-1417, starts 3B NCC and stops 3A NCC.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM F NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM F, Start 3B Normal Containment Cooling Fan, Rev. 0 JPM Page 6 of 19 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Unit 3 is stable in Mode 1 at 100% power.
  • Electrical Maintenance is performing Normal Containment Cooler Breaker Preventive Maintenance.
  • 3B Normal Containment Cooler Breaker Preventive Maintenance has completed.
  • No other equipment is OOS.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • US/SM directs you to start 3B Normal Containment Cooler per 3-NOP-057, section 4.1.2 (in progress, at step 4.1.2.3) and then stop Normal Containment Cooler 3A for Preventive Maintenance, per Section 4.3.2.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM F NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM F, Start 3B Normal Containment Cooling Fan, Rev. 0 JPM Page 7 of 19 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:

NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).

NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.

Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-1 SYSTEM, step 4.1.2.3:

ENSURE Component Cooling Water System in operation.

Standard: Candidate Verifies Component Cooling Water System operating.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM F NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM F, Start 3B Normal Containment Cooling Fan, Rev. 0 JPM Page 8 of 19 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical Y SEQ-2 SYSTEM, step 4.1.2.4:

ENSURE OPEN:

  • MOV-3-1417, CCW TO NORMAL CONTAINMENT COOLERS
  • MOV-3-1418, CCW FROM NORMAL CONTAINMENT COOLERS Standard: Candidate OPENS MOV-3-1417 and verifies MOV-3-1418 open.

Evaluator Note: Only opening MOV-3-1417 is critical.

Evaluator Note: Candidate may Inform Supervision of the valve out of alignment, if so, acknowledge report and state another operator will investigate.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-3 SYSTEM, step 4.1.2.5:

IF in MODE 5, COLD SHUTDOWN, or MODE 6, REFUELING, THEN NOTIFY the Radiation Protection Shift Supervisor prior to starting a Normal Containment Cooler Fan.

Standard: Candidate realizes the step is NA, per turnover.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM F NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM F, Start 3B Normal Containment Cooling Fan, Rev. 0 JPM Page 9 of 19 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-4 SYSTEM, step 4.1.2.6:

NOTE

  • If necessary to maintain containment air temperature less than 120°F or at Shift Manager discretion, all Normal Containment Coolers may be placed in operation.
  • Normal Containment Cooler Fans may be started in any order in Section 4.1.2 Step 6 through Section 4.1.2 Step 9.

Standard: Candidate reads the Note and proceeds.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-5 SYSTEM, step 4.1.2.6:

IF starting 3A Normal Containment Cooler Fan, THEN:

Standard: Candidate reads the step (NA, starting B NCC) and proceeds.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM F NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM F, Start 3B Normal Containment Cooling Fan, Rev. 0 JPM Page 10 of 19 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-6 SYSTEM, step 4.1.2.7:

NOTE The NCC damper time delay on NCC 3B has not yet been installed per EC 246918 CRN 350.

Standard: Candidate reads the Note and proceeds.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-7 SYSTEM, step 4.1.2.7.A:

IF starting 3B Normal Containment Cooler Fan, THEN:

A. ENSURE 3B NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN in OFF/RESET.

Standard: Candidate checks proper switch position.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM F NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM F, Start 3B Normal Containment Cooling Fan, Rev. 0 JPM Page 11 of 19 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-8 SYSTEM, step 4.1.2.7.B:

PRESS 3B NCC RESET pushbutton.

Standard: Candidate presses 3B NCC Reset.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical Y SEQ-9 SYSTEM, step 4.1.2.7.C:

PLACE 3B NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN in ON.

Standard: Candidate turns 3B NCC switch to ON and verifies the fan turns on.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM F NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM F, Start 3B Normal Containment Cooling Fan, Rev. 0 JPM Page 12 of 19 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-10 SYSTEM, step 4.1.2.7.D:

CHECK 3B NORMAL CNTMT COOLER DAMPER opens after the fan starts.

Standard: Candidate verifies 3B NCC damper opens.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-11 SYSTEM, step 4.1.2.7.E:

CHECK 3B NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN operating amperage is between 80 to 110 amps.

Standard: Candidate checks amps stabilize between 80 and 110 amps.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM F NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM F, Start 3B Normal Containment Cooling Fan, Rev. 0 JPM Page 13 of 19 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-12 SYSTEM, step 4.1.2.8:

IF starting 3C Normal Containment Cooler Fan, THEN:

Standard: Candidate marks step NA.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-13 SYSTEM, step 4.1.2.9:

IF starting 3D Normal Containment Cooler Fan, THEN:

Standard: Candidate marks step NA.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM F NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM F, Start 3B Normal Containment Cooling Fan, Rev. 0 JPM Page 14 of 19 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-14 SYSTEM, step 4.1.2.10:

CHECK Annunciator I 9/5, NCC MOTOR TRIPPED is CLEAR.

Standard: Candidate checks I 9/5 still clear.

Evaluator Note: This completes the start of B NCC, candidate proceeds to section 4.3.2 to secure A NCC.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-15 SYSTEM, step 4.3.2.1:

OBTAIN Shift Manager permission to shutdown coolers.

Standard: Candidate has direction from US/SM.

Evaluator Cue: IF candidate requests confirmation, grant permission as SM.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM F NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM F, Start 3B Normal Containment Cooling Fan, Rev. 0 JPM Page 15 of 19 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-16 SYSTEM, step 4.3.2.2:

IF shutting down entire system, THEN CHECK Unit is in MODE 5, COLD SHUTDOWN or MODE 6, REFUELING.

Standard: Step is NA.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-17 SYSTEM, step 4.3.2.3:

NOTE Steps Section 4.3.2 Step 3 through Section 4.3.2 Step 6 may be performed in any order.

Standard: Candidate reads Note.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM F NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM F, Start 3B Normal Containment Cooling Fan, Rev. 0 JPM Page 16 of 19 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-18 SYSTEM, step 4.3.2.3:

CAUTION

  • To be OPERABLE, PRMS R-3-11 and R-3-12 require at least one Normal Containment Cooler Fan running. The last running Normal Containment Cooler Fan must NOT be stopped if R-3-11 and R 12 are required to be OPERABLE.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical Y SEQ-19 SYSTEM, step 4.3.2.3.A:

IF shutting down 3A Normal Containment Cooler Fan, THEN:

A. PLACE 3A NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN in OFF/RESET.

Standard: Candidate takes 3A NCC switch to OFF/RESET.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM F NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM F, Start 3B Normal Containment Cooling Fan, Rev. 0 JPM Page 17 of 19 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Performance Step: 3-NOP-057, CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING Critical N SEQ-20 SYSTEM, step 4.3.2.3.B:

CHECK 3A NORMAL CNTMT COOLER DAMPER, CLOSED.

Standard: Candidate verifies 3A NCC damper closes.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Terminating Cues: When candidate verifies the damper is closed, state this completes the JPM.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

Stop Time:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM F NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM F, Start 3B Normal Containment Cooling Fan, Rev. 0 JPM Page 18 of 19 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Examinee: Evaluator:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT Date:

LOIT RO LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS: SAT: UNSAT:

Remediation required: YES NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).

EXAMINER NOTE: ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.

EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:

NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM F NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM Page 19 of 19 TURNOVER SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Unit 3 is stable in Mode 1 at 100% power.
  • Electrical Maintenance is performing Normal Containment Cooler Breaker Preventive Maintenance.
  • 3B Normal Containment Cooler Breaker Preventive Maintenance has completed.
  • No other equipment is OOS.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • US/SM directs you to start 3B Normal Containment Cooler per 3-NOP-057, section 4.1.2 (in progress, at step 4.1.2.3) and then stop Normal Containment Cooler 3A for Preventive Maintenance, per Section 4.3.2.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

Procedure No.

TURKEY POINT U IT 3 3-NOP-057 NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE ..........,_ _ _ _ _""""'1 Revision No.

FPL QUALITY RELATED 4 CONTINUOUS USE

Title:

CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM Responsible Department: . OPERATIONS Special Considerations:

I This is an Upgraded Procedure.

FOR INFORMATION ONLY Before use, verify revision and change documentation (if applicable) with a co trolled index or document.

DATE VERIFIED INITIAL_ _ /\_ _

Revision Approved By Approval Date UNIT# UNIT 3 DATE DOCT PROCEDURE 0 George Manaskie 02120109 DOCN 3-NOP-057 SYS STATUS COMPLETED 4 Rich Tucker 0*1103113 REV 4

  1. OF PGS

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 2 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 REVISION

SUMMARY

Rev. No. Description 4 AR 1834915, 01 /03/13, John P Reuter

  • Made correction to step 4.1.1.5.B as the One Minute Time Delay added by AR 1788700 should not have added to a CROM Fan (3A CROM)
  • Added Note to Section 4.1.2 Step 7 to provide operator information that the damper time delay on NCC 38 as not been installed per EC 246918 CRN 350.

3 AR 1788700, 08/17/12, Gordon Sturm Info added to 3A, 3C, and 30 NCCs starting steps:

One minute time delay of damper opening after fan start.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 3 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE ................................................................................................................... 4 2.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ........................................................................... 4 3.0 PREREQUISITES ....................................................................................................... 5 4.0 NORMAL OPERATIONS ............................................................................................. 6 4.1 Startup ......................................................................................................................... 6 4.1 .1 Control Rod Drive Mechanism Coolers Startup ........................................................... 6 4.1.2 Normal Containment Coolers Startup ................ :......................................................... 8 4.1.3 Penetration Cooling Fans Startup .............................................................................. 11 4.2 Operations ................................................................................................................. 12 4.3 Shutdown .................................................................................................................. 12 4.3.1 Control Rod Drive Mechanism Coolers Shutdown ..................................................... 12 4.3.2 Normal Containment Coolers Shutdown ................................................................... 13 4.3.3 Penetration Cooling Fans Shutdown ......................................................................... 14 5.0 INFREQUENT OPERATIONS ................................................................................... 15 5.1 Placing Standby CROM Cooler Fan in Service .......................................................... 15 5.2 Swapping Normal Containment Coolers .................................................................... 16 5.3 Swapping Penetration Cooling Fans ......................................................................... 17 6.0 RECORDS ................................................................................................................. 18

7.0 REFERENCES

AND COMMITMENTS ..................................................................... 18 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT 1 Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Damper Alignment ....................................................................... 22 ATTACHMENT 2 Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Switch Alignment. ......................................................................... 24 ATTACHMENT 3 Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Electrical Alignment.. .................................................................... 26

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 4 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for operation of the following:

  • Normal Containment Coolers
  • Penetration Cooling Fans.

2.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 Precautions

1. The Normal Containment Cooler Fans will trip and the Component Cooling Water combined inlet and outlet to the coolers will close if Containment Isolation Phase A is actuated.
2. The Normal Containment Cooler Fans will trip off on loss of off-site power.

2.2 Limitations

1. On restoration of off-site power, the Normal Containment Cooler Fans will remain off until reset and can be manually restarted by placing the control switch to OFF/RESET and then to ON.
2. Containment average air temperature shall NOT exceed 120°F during normal plant operating conditions. If temperatures exceed this limit, then refer to Technical Specification 3.6.1.5 for required actions.
3. If the Normal Containment Cooler Fans trip as a result of Containment Isolation Phase A, then the NCC RESET pushbutton must be pressed after Phase A is reset to permit a start of the Normal Containment Coolers.
4. At least one Normal Containment Cooler Fan is required to be running for PRMS R-3-11 and R-3-12 to be OPERABLE.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 5 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 2.2 Limitations (continued)

5. The following administrative limits and actions apply whenever a given penetration has a pipe's fluid temperature of greater than or equal to150°F and both Penetration Cooling Fans for that penetration are out of service:

Penetration Out Of Required Administrative Actions Cooling Service If Out of Service Time Limit Fans Time Limit Exceeded Main Steam 7 days

  • A Work Request is required for each fan in need of repair.
  • A CR to Work Controls is Feedwater 7 days required to ensure at least one Penetration Cooling Fan in the affected penetration is repaired Letdown 30 days and returned to service.
6. Automatic EOG loading feature of the Control Rod Drive Mechanism (CROM) Cooler Fans has been disabled. CROM Cooler Fans must be manually loaded if their operation is desired.
7. At least one CROM Cooler Fan shall be operated as follows:
  • Operating when CRDMs are energized
8. When RCS temperature is greater than 350°F, then both CROM Cooler Fans may be stopped for up to 30 minutes if:
  • The CRDMs remain de-energized
  • A CROM Cooler Fan has been in operation for at least 30 minutes.
9. The Normal Containment Coolers shall be in operation before Reactor Coolant System temperature exceeds 150°F.

3.0 PREREQUISITES None

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 6 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.0 NORMAL OPERATIONS 4.1 Startup 4.1.1 Control Rod Drive Mechanism Coolers Startup

1. ENSURE the Component Cooling Water System is in operation.
2. ENSURE damper, switch, and breaker attachments complete:
  • Attachment 1, Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Damper Alignment
  • Attachment 2, Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Switch Alignment
  • Attachment 3, Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Electrical Alignment
3. ENSURE MOV-3-1417, CCWTO NORMAL CONTAINMENT COOLERS, OPEN.
4. ENSURE MOV-3-1418, CCW FROM NORMAL CONTAINMENT COOLERS, OPEN.

NOTE One CROM Cooler Fans is normally in operation.

5. IF starting 3A CROM Cooler Fan, THEN:

A. TURN 3A CROM COOLER FAN to START.

8. CHECK 3A CROM COOLER DAMPER opens after fan starts.

C. CHECK 3A CROM Cooler Fan amperage indication is between 50 to 70 amps.

6. IF starting 38 CROM Cooler Fan, THEN:

A. TURN 38 CROM COOLER FAN to START.

8. CHECK 38 CROM COOLER DAMPER opens after fan starts.

C. CHECK 38 CROM Cooler Fan amperage indication is between 50 to 70 amps.

REVISION NO.: PROC.EDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 7 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.1.1 Control Rod Drive Mechanism Coolers Startup (continued)

NOTE With only 1 CROM Cooler Fan in operation, the standby CROM Cooler Fan will auto start if the running CROM Cooler Fan trips.

7. IF 3A CROM Cooler Fan is the only one to be operated, THEN ALIGN 38 CROM Cooler Fan as follows:

A. PLACE 38 CROM COOLER FAN in AUTO.

B. CHECK 38 CROM COOLER DAMPER is CLOSED.

8. IF 38 CROM Cooler Fan is the only one to be operated, THEN ALIGN 3A CROM Cooler Fan as follows:

A. PLACE 3A CROM COOLER FAN in AUTO.

8. CHECK 3A CROM COOLER DAMPER is CLOSED.
9. CHECK Annunciator I 8/5, CROM COOLER FAN TRIP, is CLEAR.

REVIS.ION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 8 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3

& Normal Containment Coolers Startup

  1. ENSURE Containment Isolation Phase A has been RESET.

/'/'/ ENSURE damper, switch, and breaker attachments have been JC" completed:

Attachment 1, Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Damper Alignment Attachment 2, Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Switch Alignment Attachment 3, Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Electrical Alignment

@ ENSURE Component Cooling Water System in operation.

4. ENSURE OPEN:
  • MOV-3-1417, CCWTO NORMAL CONTAINMENT COOLERS
  • MOV-3-1418, CCW FROM NORMAL CONTAINMENT COOLERS
5. IF in MODE 5, COLD SHUTDOWN, or MODE 6, REFUELING, THEN NOTIFY the Radiation Protection Shift Supervisor prior to starting a Normal Containment Cooler Fan.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 9 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.1.2 Normal Containment Coolers Startup (continued)

NOTE

  • If necessary to maintain containment air temperature less than 120°F or at Shift Manager discretion, all Normal Containment Coolers may be placed in operation.
  • Normal Containment Cooler Fans may be started in any order in Section 4.1 .2 Step 6 through Section 4.1.2 Step 9.
6. IF starting 3A Normal Containment Cooler Fan, THEN:

A. ENSURE 3A NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN in OFF/RESET.

8. PRESS 3A NCC RESET pushbutton.

C. PLACE 3A NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN in ON.

D. After one minute, CHECK 3A NORMAL CNTMT COOLER DAMPER opens E. CHECK 3A NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN operating amperage is between 80 to 110 amps.

NOTE The NCC damper time delay on NCC 38 has not yet been installed per EC 246918 CRN 350.

7. IF starting 38 Normal Containment Cooler Fan, THEN:

A. ENSURE 38 NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN in OFF/RESET.

8. PRESS 38 NCC RESET pushbutton.

C. PLACE 38 NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN in ON.

D. CHECK 38 NORMAL CNTMT COOLER DAMPER opens after the fan starts.

E. CHECK 38 NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN operating amperage is between 80 to 110 amps.

REVISION NO.: . PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 10 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.1.2 Normal Containment Coolers Startup (continued)

8. IF starting 3C Normal Containment Cooler Fan, THEN:

A. ENSURE 3C NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN in OFF/RESET.

8. PRESS 3C NCC RESET pushbutton.
c. PLACE 3C NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN in ON.

D. After one minute, CHECK 3C NORMAL CNTMT COOLER DAMPER opens.

E. CHECK 3C NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN operating amperage is between 80 to 110 amps.

9. IF starting 3D Normal Containment Cooler Fan, THEN:

A. ENSURE 3D NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN in OFF/RESET.

8. PRESS 3D NCC RESET pushbutton.
c. PLACE 3D NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN in ON.

D. After one minute, CHECK 3D NORMAL CNTMT COOLER DAMPER opens.

E. CHECK 3D NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN operating amperage is between 80 to 110 amps.

10. CHECK Annunciator I 9/5, NCC MOTOR TRIPPED is CLEAR.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 11 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.1.3 Penetration Cooling Fans Startup NOTE*

  • A Penetration Cooling Fan should be operating anytime a penetration has piping fluid temperature of greater than or equal to150°F.
  • The requirements of Section 2.2 Step 5 apply if any penetration has both Penetration Cooling Fans out of service.
1. ENSURE switch and electrical attachments have been completed:
  • Attachment 2, Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Switch Alignment
  • Attachment 3, Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Electrical Alignment
2. IF starting 3A Main Steam Penetration Cooling Fans, THEN PLACE Main Steam Penetration Cooling Fan 3A in ON.
3. IF starting 38 Main Steam Penetration Cooling Fans, THEN PLACE Main Steam Penetration Cooling Fan 38 in ON.

NOTE The standby Penetration Cooling Fan will auto start if the operating Penetration Cooling Fan trips.

4. PLACE Main Steam Penetration Cooling Fan to be placed in standby in AUTO.
5. IF starting Feedwater Penetration Cooling Fans, THEN:

A. PLACE Feedwater Penetration Cooling Fan 3A or 38 in ON.

B. PLACE Feedwater Penetration Cooling Fan to be placed in standby in AUTO.

6. IF starting Letdown Penetration Cooling Fans, THEN:

A. PLACE Letdown Penetration Cooling Fan 3A or 38 in ON.

8. PLACE Letdown Penetration Cooling Fan to be placed in standby in AUTO.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAG.E:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 12 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2 Operations None 4.3 Shutdown 4.3.1 Control Rod Drive Mechanism Coolers Shutdown

1. OBTAIN Shift Manager permission to shutdown coolers.
2. CHECK one of the following conditions is met:

A. Condition 1:

  • RCS temperature is less than 350°F .

B. Condition 2:

  • RCS temperature is greater than 350°F .
  • A CROM Cooler has been in operation for at least 30 minutes.
3. TURN the following fans to STOP:
  • 3A CROM COOLER FAN
  • 38 CROM COOLER FAN
4. IF RCS temperature is greater than 350°F, THEN RECORD time coolers are shutdown.

Time:

5. CHECK the following dampers are CLOSED:
  • 38 CROM COOLER DAMPER IF RCS temperature is greater than 350°F, THEN RESTART a CROM Cooler Fan per Section 4.1.1 within 30 minutes of time recorded in Section 4.3.1 Step 4 above.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 13 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.3.2 Normal Containment Coolers Shutdown

1. 08T AIN Shift Manager permission to shutdown coolers.
2. IF shutting down entire system, THEN CHECK Unit is in MODE 5, COLD SHUTDOWN orMODE 6, REFUELING.

NOTE Steps Section 4.3.2 Step 3 through Section 4.3.2 Step 6 may be performed in any order.

CAUTION

  • To be OPERABLE, PRMS R-3-11 and R-3-12 require at least one Normal-Containment Cooler Fan running. The last running Normal Containment Cooler Fan must NOT be stopped if R-3-11 and R-3-12 are required to be OPERABLE.

Technical Specification 3.6.1.5

3. IF shutting down 3A Normal Containment Cooler Fan, THEN:

A. PLACE 3A NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN in OFF/RESET.

8. CHECK 3A NORMAL CNTMT COOLER DAMPER, CLOSED.
4. IF shutting down 3B Normal Containment Cooler Fan, THEN:

A. PLACE 3B NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN in OFF/RESET.

8. CHECK 3B NORMAL CNTMT COOLER DAMPER, CLOSED.
5. IF shutting down 3C Normal Containment Cooler Fan, THEN:

A. PLACE 3C NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN in OFF/RESET.

8. CHECK 3C NORMAL CNTMT COOLER DAMPER, CLOSED.
6. IF shutting down 3D Normal Containment Cooler Fan, THEN:

A. PLACE 3D NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN in OFF/RESET.

B. CHECK 3D NORMAL CNTMT COOLER DAMPER, CLOSED.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 14 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.3.3 Penetration Cooling Fans Shutdown NOTE

  • A Penetration Cooling Fan should be operating anytime a penetration has piping fluid temperature of greater than or equal to150°F.
  • The requirements of Section 2.2 Step 5 apply if any penetration has both Penetration Cooling Fans out of service.
1. IF shutting down Main Steam Penetration Cooling Fans, THEN:

A. PLACE standby Main Steam Penetration Cooling Fan in OFF.

B. PLACE running Main Steam Penetration Cooling Fan(s) in OFF.

2. IF shutting down Feedwater Penetration Cooling Fans, THEN:

A. PLACE standby Feedwater Penetration Cooling Fan in OFF.

B. PLACE running Feedwater Penetration Cooling Fan(s) in OFF.

3. IF shutting down Letdown Penetration Cooling Fans, THEN:

A. PLACE standby Letdown Penetration Cooling Fan in OFF.

B. PLACE running Letdown Penetration Cooling Fan(s) in OFF.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 15 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 5.0 INFREQUENT OPERATIONS 5.1 Placing Standby CROM Cooler Fan in Service.

1. ENSURE CROM Coolers are in operation per Section 4.1.1.
2. PLAC~ standby CROM COOLER FAN to START.
3. CHECK standby CROM COOLER DAMPER opens after fan start.
4. CHECK standby CROM Fan operating amperage is between 50 to 70 amps.

NOTE With only 1 CROM Cooler Fan in operation, the standby CROM Cooler fan will auto start if the running fan trips.

5. IF an operating CROM Cooler Fan is to be placed in standby, THEN:

A. PLACE CROM COOLER FAN to be placed in standby in STOP.

8. CHECK damper closes on CROM Cooler Fan to be placed in standby.

C. PLACE CROM COOLER FAN to be placed in standby in AUTO.

6. CHECK Annunciator I 8/5, CROM COOLER FAN TRIP, is CLEAR.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 16 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 5.2 Swapping Normal Containment Coolers

1. IF starting an idle Normal Containment Cooler Fan, THEN:

A. PLACE desired NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN in ON.

8. CHECK associated NORMAL CNTMT COOLER DAMPER opens after fan starts.

C. CHECK associated Normal Containment Cooler fan operating amperage is between 80 and 110 amps.

CAUTION At least one Normal Containment Cooler Fan is required to be running for PRMS R-3-11 and R-3-12 to be OPERABLE.

2. IF stopping a Normal Containment Cooler Fan, THEN:

A. PLACE desired NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN to OFF/RESET.

8. CHECK associated NORMAL CNTMT COOLER DAMPER is CLOSED.
3. CHECK Annunciator I 9/5, NCC MOTOR TRIPPED is CLEAR.

I

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 17 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 5.3 Swapping Penetration Cooling Fans NOTE

  • A Penetration Cooling Fan should be operating anytime a penetration has piping fluid temperature of greater than or equal to 150°F.
  • The requirements of Section 2.2 Step 5 apply if any penetration has both Penetration Cooling Fans out of service.
  • The standby Penetration Cooling Fan will auto start if the in service penetration fan trips.
1. IF swapping Main Steam Penetration Cooling Fans, THEN:

A. PLACE standby MAIN STEAM PENETRATION COOLING FAN 3A or 38 in ON.

8. PLACE previously running MAIN STEAM PENETRATION COOLING FAN in AUTO.

C. CHECK stop of Main Steam Penetration Cooling Fan.

2. IF swapping Feedwater Penetration Cooling Fans, THEN:

A. PLACE standby FEEDWATER PENETRATION COOLING FAN 3A or 38 in ON.

8. PLACE previously running FEEDWATER PENETRATION COOLING FAN in AUTO.

C. CHECK stop of Feedwater Penetration Cooling Fan.

3. IF swapping Letdown Penetration Cooling Fans, THEN:

A. PLACE standby LETDOWN PENETRATION COOLING FAN 3A or 38 in ON.

8. PLACE previously running LETDOWN PENETRATION COOLING FAN in AUTO.

C. CHECK stop of Letdown Penetration Cooling Fan.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 18 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 6.0 RECORDS

1. The date, time, and section completed shall be entered in the Unit Narrative Log.
2. Problems encountered while performing the procedure (i.e., malfunctioning equipment, delays due to change in plant conditions, etc.) should be entered in the Unit Narrative Log.
3. Completed copies of the below listed items shall be retained in the Shift Manager's file until the next performance of that attachment:
  • Attachment 1, Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Damper Alignment
  • Attachment 2, Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Switch Alignment
  • Attachment 3, Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Electrical Alignment

7.0 REFERENCES

AND COMMITMENTS 7.1 References 7.1.1 Implementing

1. 3-NOP-030, Component Cooling Water System
2. 3-NOP-300, Alternate Shutdown Panel 7.1.2 Developmental
1. Technical Specifications A. Section 3/4.6.1.5, Containment Systems - Air Temperature B. Section 3/4.3.3, Radiation Monitoring For Plant Operation

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 19 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 7.1.2 Developmental (continued)

2. Final Safety Analysis Report A. Section 5.0, Structures B. Section 9.10, Normal Containment Ventilation System
c. Section 3.2.3, Reactor Mechanical Design and Evaluation, Control Rod Drive Mechanism D. DBD Volume 18, Normal Containment Cooling System
3. Plant Drawings A. 561 O-E-855, Breaker List
8. 561 O-M Control Rod Drive Mechanical Ventilation Plan and Section
c. 5610-T-L 1 Safeguards Actuation and Steamline Isolation D. 5613-E-25, Sheet 12A, 128, 12C, 12D - Containment Cooling Fans 3A, 38, 3C, 3D E. 5613-E-25, Sheet 12E - Damper for Containment Cooling Fan 38 F. 5613-E-25, Sheets 38A and 388 - Control Rod Drive Mechanism Cooler 3A, 38 G. 5613-E-27, Sheets 13A, 138 - Main. Steam Penetration Cooling Fan 3V31 A, 3V31 B H. 5613-E-27, Sheet 13C, 130 - Feedwater Penetration Cooling Fan 3V32A, 3V328 I. 5613-E-28, Sheet 28C, 280 - Space Heaters Tabulation J. 5613-M-3030, Sheet 5, Component Cooling Water System K. 5613-M-3053, Sheet 1, Containment Purge System and Penetration Cooling System L. 5613-M-3057, Sheet 1, Containment Normal and Emergency Cooler Systems

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 20 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 7.1.2 Developmental (continued)

4. Quality Instructions/Plant Procedures A. O-ADM-215, Plant Surveillance Tracking Program B. 3-GOP-305, Hot Standby to Cold Shutdown
c. 3-GOP-503, Cold Shutdown to Hot Standby D. O-OSP-200.1, Schedule of Plant Checks and Surveillances E. 3-0SP-300.2, Pre-Staging Equipment and Alternate Shutdown Panel 3C264 Switch and Instrumentation Alignment Check
5. Miscellaneous Documents A. PC/M 83-154, Alternate Shutdown Capability for Appendix R Modifications - Unit 3 B. PC/M 86-061, Normal Containment Cooling Fan Modifications - Unit 3
c. PC/M 87-033, Deletion of CROM Cooler Fans Auto EOG Loading and CROM Damper Power Supply Modifications D. PC/M 87-258, Load Center 3H and Repowering of MCC D (30)

E. PC/M 92-031, Annunciator Window Engraving Drawings for Human Factors Engineering F. PC/M 04-097, Containment Temperature Monitor Upgrade G. PC/M 03-106, CRN M-10954 (re M0-3-3424)

H. CR 03-3641 (re M0-3~3424)

I. EC 246918, NCC Upgrade J. EC 250018, Turkey Point EPU Unit 3 Replacement of CROM Cooler Motors and Cooling Coils 7.1.3 Management Directives None

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 21 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 7.2 Commitments None

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 22 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 ATTACHMENT 1 Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling S~stem Dam12er Alignment (Page 1 of 2)

EXCEPTIONS COMPONENT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION REMARKS NUMBER.

PERSONNEL PERFORMING MANIPULATIONS PRINTED NAME INITIALS COMPLETION OF LINEUP DATE LINEUP (MM/DD/YY): TIME LINEUP (HH:MM, 24 HR CLOCK):

COMPLETED: I I COMPLETED:

LINEUP PRINTED NAME I SIGNATURE:

COMPLETED BY:

REVIEW OF LINEUP LINEUP REVIEWED BY:

PRINTED NAME I SIGNATURE: DATE: I (MM/DD:vv)

I

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 23 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 ATTACHMENT 1 Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling S}!stem Dam1;2er Alignment (Page 2 of 2)

COMPONENT POSITION ALIGNED COMPONENT DESCRIPTION NUMBER REQUIRED BY CONTAINMENT 58' NORMAL CONTAINMENT COOLER A M0-3-3413 CLOSED MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER NORMAL CONTAINMENT COOLER B M0-3-3414 CLOSED MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER NORMAL CONTAINMENT COOLER C M0-3-3415 CLOSED MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER NORMAL CONTAINMENT COOLER D M0-3-3416 CLOSED MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER MOTOR OPER DAMPER TO CROM COOLER M0-3-3417 CLOSED 3V2A MOTOR OPER DAMPER TO CROM COOLER M0-3-3418 CLOSED 3V28 WEST ELECTRICAL PENETRATION ROOM*

NOTE 1: Disabled in throttled position. Engineering permission required to change position.

ELECTRICAL PENETRATION COOLER THROTTLED M0-3-3424 (NOTE 1)

DAMPER

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 24 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 ATTACHMENT 2 Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Switch Alignment (Page 1 of 2)

EXCEPTIONS COMPONENT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION REMARKS NUMBER PERSONNEL PERFORMING MANIPULATIONS PRINTED NAME INITIALS COMPLETION OF LINEUP DATE LINEUP (MM/DD/YY): TIME LINEUP (HH:MM, 24 HR CLOCK):

COMPLETED: I I COMPLETED:

LINEUP PRINTED NAME I SIGNATURE:

COMPLETED BY:

- ~

REVIEW OF LINEUP LINEUP REVIEWED BY:

PRINTED NAME I SIGNATURE: DATE: I(MM/DD,/YY):

I

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 25 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 ATTACHMENT 2 Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling System Switch Alignment (Page 2 of 2)

POSITION ALIGNED COMPONENT NOUN DESCRIPTION REQUIRED BY CONTROL ROOM PANEL 3C05 CS (3A NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN) OFF/RESET CS (38 NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN) OFF/RESET CS (3C NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN) OFF/RESET CS (30 NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN) OFF/RESET CS (3A CROM COOLER FAN) STOP CS (38 CROM COOLER FAN) STOP 3N31A (LOCATED MAIN STM PLATFORM)

MAIN STM PENETRATION COOLING FAN 3A LOCAL OFF CONTROL SWITCH 3N318 (LOCATED MAIN STM PLATFORM)

MAIN STM PENETRATION COOLING FAN 38 LOCAL OFF CONTROL SWITCH 3N32A (LOCATED NEXT TO CST)

MAIN FEEDWATER PENETRATION COOLING FAN 3A OFF LOCAL CONTROL SWITCH 3N328 (LOCATED NEXT TO CST)

MAIN FEEDWATER PENETRATION COOLING FAN 38 OFF LOCAL CONTROL SWITCH 3N33A (LOCATED CNTMT SPRAY RM)

LETDOWN PENETRATION COOLING FAN 3A LOCAL OFF CONTROL SWITCH 3N338 (LOCATED CNTMT SPRAYRM)

LETDOWN PENETRATION COOLING FAN 38 LOCAL OFF

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 26 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 ATTACHMENT 3 Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling S~stem Electrical Alignment (Page 1 of 3)

EXCEPTIONS COMPONENT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION REMARKS NUMBER PERSONNEL PERFORMING MANIPULATIONS PRINTED NAME INITIALS Completion Of Lineup DATE LINEUP (MM/00/YY): TIME LINEUP (HH:MM, 24 HR CLOCK):

COMPLETED: I I COMPLETED:

LINEUP PRINTED NAME I SIGNATURE:

COMPLETED BY:

REVIEW OF LINEUP LINEUP PRINTED NAME I SIGNATURE: DATE: (MM/DD/YY):

REVIEWED BY: I I

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 27 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 ATTACHMENT 3 Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling S~stem Electrical Alignment (Page 2 of 3)

COMPONENT POSITION ALIGNED COMPONENT DESCRIPTION NUMBER REQUIRED BY MCC3A (TURBINE AREA) 30518 NORM CNTMT COOLER 3A FAN ON SPARE MAIN STM PENETR COOLING FAN 30564 ON 38 30576 FEEDWATER PENET COOLING FAN 38 ON MCC 38 (REACTOR AREA) 30629 . CROM CLR FAN 3A ON 30665 MN STM PENETRATION COOLING FAN 3A ON 30671 FEEDWATER PENE COOLING FAN 3A ON MCC 3C (FUEL AREA) 30727 CROM COOLER FAN 38 ON 30742 NORMAL CNTMT COOLER FAN 3C ON MCC 3D (WASTE AREA A) 30829 NORMAL CONTAINMENT COOLER FAN 30 ON LCC 38 (FUEL AREA) 30204 38 NORMAL CONTAINMENT COOLER FAN RACKED IN FUSE PANEL 3P93 (BEHIND ALTERNATE SHUTDOWN PANEL)

FUSE NCC FAN DAMPER 38 INSTALLED 3P93-FU4

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 CONTAINMENT NORMAL VENTILATION AND COOLING SYSTEM 28 of 28 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-NOP-057 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 ATTACHMENT 3 Containment Normal Ventilation and Cooling S~stem Electrical Alignment (Page 3 of 3)

COMPONENT POSITION ALIGNED COMPONENT DESCRIPTION NUMBER REQUIRED BY LIGHTING PANEL 38 (PASSAGEWAY NEAR NO 3 PIPE & VLV RM)

LP38-3 MTR HTR CONTAIN COOLING FAN 38 ON LP38-5 MTR HTR CONTAIN COOLING FAN 3C ON LP38-6 MTR HTR CONTAIN COOLING FAN 30 ON LP38-7 MTR HTR CROM CLR 3A ON LP38-8 MTR HTR CROM CLR 38 ON LP38-26 LETDOWN LINE PEN COOLING FAN 3A ON LIGHTING PANEL 311A (NEAR COMP COOLING- RM)

LP311A-6 LETDOWN LINE PEN COOLING FAN 38 ON LIGHTING PANEL 34A (U-3 4160V SWGR RM)

MTR HTR NORMAL CONTAINMENT COOLER LP34A-67 ON 3A

LOIT L-15-1 NRC Exam material controlled by TR-AA-230-1009, Training Examination Security.

Simulator - JPM G LOIT L-15-1 NRC Exam material controlled by TR-AA-230-1009, Training Examination Security.

JPM TITLE: Respond to a Source Range Malfunction JPM NUMBER: L-15-1 NRC JPM G REV. 0-0 TASK NUMBER(S) I 01059025300 I TASK TITLE(S): Respond to a Loss of Source Range Instrumentation KIA NUMBERS: 015 A4.01 KIA VALUE: RO 3.6 I SRO 3.6 Justification (FOR KIA VALUES <3.0): N/A TASK APPLICABILITY:

cg] RO cg] SRO D STA D Non-Lie D SRO CERT D OTHER: _ _

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING: Simulate/Walkthrough: D Perform: CK]

EVALUATION LOCATION: In-Plant: D Control Room: D Simulator: [XJ Other:

Lab: D Time for Compl~tion: 15 Minutes Time Critical: No Alternate Path [NRC]: No Alternate Path [INPO]: No Reviewed by: ----~

lr!Stfuctor (Instructional Review)

Training Supervision Training Program Owner ,

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 t'-JRC Simulator JPIVl G

L-15-1 NRC JPM G, Respond to a Source Range Malfunction, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 3 of 13 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.

REVIEW STATEMENTS YES NO N/A

1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
7. If the task is time critical, is the time critical portion based upon actual task performance requirements?
8. Is the job level appropriate for the task being evaluated if required?
9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /

Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?

12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?

TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.

All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.

Protected Content: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material)

{C001}

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM G

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM G, Respond to a Source Range Malfunction, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 4 of 13 UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

SUPERVISOR DATE TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM G

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM G, Respond to a Source Range Malfunction, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 5 of 13 SIMULATOR SET-UP:

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

_____ 1. Reset to IC 3 or equivalent IC.

[SDTA Settings: A = 977/10.8, B = 984/0.7, C = 976/2.3]

_____ 2. Place Simulator in RUN.

_____ 3. Ensure applicable portions of Simulator Operator Checklist are complete.

_____ 4. Ensure Audio Count Rate is selected to N32.

_____ 5. Ensure NI recorders are displaying the Source Range.

_____ 5. Execute L-15-1 NRC JPM G.lsn.

6. Trigger SETUP - BLOCK AUTO RX TRIP Verify ALLOW MANUAL RX TRIP is in CONDITIONAL state

_____ 7. Acknowledge alarms and place Simulator in FREEZE.

_____ 8. Save as a temporary IC, if JPM will be repeated.

_____ 9. Place copy of HANDOUT 3-GOP-301 on desk.

_____ 10. When ready to begin, then place Simulator in RUN.

SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS:

  • insert TFL2XBSO TRUE delay=0 ramp=0 on=0 off=0
  • insert TFL2XASO TRUE delay=0 ramp=0 on=0 off=0
  • insert TVN1SBDS 10.0 delay=1 ramp=60 on=0 off=0
  • insert TFN1SBFH TRUE delay=57 ramp=0 on=0 off=0 SIMULATOR OVERRIDES:

NA SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS:

NA Required Materials: HANDOUT 3-GOP-301, Hot Standby to Power Operation HANDOUT 3-ONOP-59.5, Source Range NI Malfunction General

References:

3-GOP-301, Hot Standby to Power Operation 3-ONOP-59.5, Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction Task Standards: Manually trip reactor.

Place LEVEL TRIP in BYPASS and HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN to BLOCK on N32.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM G

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM G, Respond to a Source Range Malfunction, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 6 of 13 I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Unit 3 is in Mode 3, with a reactor startup in progress.
  • Both shutdown banks are withdrawn.
  • 3-GOP-301 is in progress, complete up to sep 5.15 on page 47.
  • The crew is waiting for the Minimum Temperature for Criticality Verification to be completed prior to proceeding.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • Maintain plant conditions while waiting to recommence reactor startup.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM G

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM G, Respond to a Source Range Malfunction, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 7 of 13 JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:

NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).

NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.

Performance Step: Candidate assumes the watch and demonstrates control board Critical N SEQ-1 awareness.

Standard: Candidate watches control board indications.

Evaluator Note: After a 10 sec delay, N32 will rise over a 60 sec period. At 70 sec N32 will fail high.

Evaluator/Booth Cue: At Evaluator discretion, trigger SR FAIL HIGH SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

Performance Step: Manually trip reactor.

Critical Y SEQ-2 Standard: Manually trip reactor when auto-trip fails.

Evaluator Note: Red First-Out for SR HI FLUX TRIP (C-6/4) comes in when SR fails high. Auto-trip fails.

Also an IOA of 3-ONOP-059.5 SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM G

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM G, Respond to a Source Range Malfunction, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 8 of 13 Performance Step: Perform IOAs of 3-EOP-E-0 Critical N SEQ-3 1. Verify Reactor Trip

2. Verify Turbine Trip
3. Verify Power to Emergency 4kV Buses
4. Check if SI is Actuated Standard: Perform IOA steps 1-4 of 3-EOP-E-0 Evaluator Cue: After completion of IOAs, state than another operator will continue with the EOP Network and Unit Supervisor directs you to continue with the required response procedures from previous event prior to reactor trip.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: Enter 3-ONOP-059.5, Source Range Nuclear Instrumention Critical N SEQ-4 Standard: Enter 3-ONOP-059.5 Evaluator Cue: Provide copy of HANDOUT 3-ONOP-059.5 Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: Verify Automatic Actions per Step 3.2.1 Critical N SEQ-5 TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM G

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM G, Respond to a Source Range Malfunction, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 9 of 13 Standard: Recognize reactor is tripped.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: Verify Immediate Actions per Step 4.2.1 Critical N SEQ-6 Standard: Recognize reactor is tripped.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: Perform Subsequent Actions per Step 5.2.1 Critical N SEQ-7 Standard: Verify above conditions.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM G

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM G, Respond to a Source Range Malfunction, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 10 of 13 Performance Step: Perform Subsequent Actions per Step 5.2.1 Critical Y SEQ-8 (cont.)

Standard: Place LEVEL TRIP switch on N32 to BYPASS.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: Perform Subsequent Actions per Step 5.2.1 Critical N SEQ-9 (cont.)

Standard: Recognize switch is in BLOCK position.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: Perform Subsequent Actions per Step 5.2.1 Critical N SEQ-10 (cont.)

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM G

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM G, Respond to a Source Range Malfunction, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 11 of 13 Standard: Recognize N31 is displayed on NIS RECORDER.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: Perform Subsequent Actions per Step 5.2.1 Critical N SEQ-11 (cont.)

Standard: Notify I&C of N32 failure.

Booth Operator Cue: Acknowledge notification.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Terminating Cues:

When I&C has been notified of failure, state this completes the JPM.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

Stop Time:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM G

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM G, Respond to a Source Range Malfunction, Rev. 0 JPM NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 12 of 13 Examinee: Evaluator:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT Date:

LOIT RO LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS: SAT: UNSAT:

Remediation required: YES NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).

EXAMINER NOTE: ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.

EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:

NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM G

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM Page 13 of 13 TURNOVER SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Unit 3 is in Mode 3, with a reactor startup in progress.
  • Both shutdown banks are withdrawn.
  • 3-GOP-301 is in progress, complete up to sep 5.15 on page 47.
  • The crew is waiting for the Minimum Temperature for Criticality Verification to be completed prior to proceeding.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • Maintain plant conditions while waiting to recommence reactor startup.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM Page 14 of 14 TURNOVER SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Unit 3 is in Mode 3, with a reactor startup in progress.
  • Both shutdown banks are withdrawn.
  • 3-GOP-301 is in progress, complete up to sep 5.15 on page 47.
  • The crew is waiting for the Minimum Temperature for Criticality Verification to be completed prior to proceeding.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • Maintain plant conditions while waiting to recommence reactor startup.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

3-GOP-301 CAUTION Performance of this procedure may affect core reactivity.

Title:

Hot Standby to Power Operation Continuous Use Safety Related Procedure Responsible Department: Operations Revision Number: 30 Issue Date: 10/20/14 Revision Approval Date: 10/16/14 PCRs 1801266, 1818235, 1804654, 1819541, 1814462, 1835602, 1843586, 1835655, 1861065, 1869656, 1873787, 1873789, 1863258, 1881176, 1898082, 1831925, 1905165, 1894424, 1926214, 1919831, 1919405, 1953043, 1877444, 1959448, 1913139, 1974315, 1966381, 1962036, 1961701, 1988496, 1986832 PC/Ms95-047, 95-057,96-022, 96-086,99-016, 99-045,02-031, 02-085,04-026, 04-112,04-163, 06-002,07-019, 08-025,09-052, 09-051 ECs 242435, 242442, 242457, 246849, 246870, 246890, 246895, 246896, 246908, 246914, 246930, 246935, 246937, 247008, 249436, 27322~ 27377~ 246895, 242433, 24704~ 242434, 242439, 24706~

278835, 280752 W20 l O:TN!vl/cls/ab/cls

Procedure

Title:

2 3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 10/16/14 (Rev. 30)

Revision Revision Revision Revision Page Date Page Date Page Date Page Date 1 10/16/14 41 09103114 81 09/03/14 121 10/16/14 2 10/16/14 42 09103114 82 09/03/14 122 10/16/14 3 10116114 43 09103114 83 09/03/14 123 10/16/14 4 10/16/14 44 04/27/14 84 09/03/14 124 10/16/14 5 04/12/14 45 04/27/14 85 09/03/14 125 10/16/14 6 04/12/14 46 04/27/14 86 09/03/14 126 10/16/14 7 04/12/14 47 04/27/14 87 09103114 127 10/16/14 8 04/12/14 48 04/27/14 88 09/03/14 128 10/16/14 9 04112114 49 04/27/14 89 09/03/14 129 10/16/14 10 04112114 50 04/27/14 90 09/03/14 130 10/16/14 11 04/27/14 51 04/27/14 91 10/16/14 131 10/16/14 12 04112114 52 04/27/14 92 10/16/14 132 10/16/14 13 04/12/14 53 04/27/14 93 10/16/14 133 10/16/14 14 04/27/14 54 09/03/14 94 10/16/14 134 10/16/14 15 04/23/14 55 09103114 95 10/16/14 135 10/16/14 16 04/12/14 56 09/03/14 96 10/16/14 136 10/16/14 17 04/12/14 57 09103114 97 10/16/14 137 10/16/14 18 ' 04/12/14 58 09/03/14 98 10/16/14 138 10/16/14 19 04/12/14 59 09/03/14 99 10/16/14 139 10/16/14 20 07/22/14 60 09/03/14 100 10/16/14 21 04112114 61 09/03/14 101 10/16/14 22 04/12/14 62 09/03/14 102 10/16/14 23 04/12/14 63 09/03/14 103 10/16/14 24 04112114 64 09/03/14 104 10/16/14 25 04/12/14 65 09/03/14 105 10/16/14 26 04/12/14 66 09/03/14 106 10/16/14 27 04112114 67 09/03/14 107 10/16/14 28 04/12/14 68 09/03/14 108 10/16/14 29 04/12/14 69 09/03/14 109 10/16/14 30 04/12/14 70 09/03/14 110 10/16/14 31 04/12/14 71 09/03/14 111 10/16/14 32 04/12/14 72 09/03/14 112 10/16/14 33 04/12/14 73 09/03/14 113 10/16/14 34 04112114 74 09/03/14 114 10/16/14 35 04/27/14 75 09/03/14 115 10/16/14 36 04/27/14 76 09/03/14 116 10/16/14 37 04/27/14 77 09/03/14 117 10/16/14 38 04/27/14 78 09/03/14 118 10/16/14 39 04/27/14 79 09103114 119 10/16/14 40 04/27 /14 80 09/03/14 120 10/16/14

Procedure

Title:

3 te:

3*-GOP-301 Standby to Power Operation 10/16/14 1.0 PURPOSE............................................................................................................................. 5

2.0 REFERENCES

/RECORDS REQUIRED/

COMMITMENT DOCUMENTS....................................................................................... 5 3.0 PREREQIDSITES............................................................................................................... 17 4.0 PRECAUTIONS/LIMITATIONS...................................................................................... 29 5.0 PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................... 37 ENCLOSURES/ATTACHMENTS Enclosure 1 DCS Points for Use During Reactor Startup.............................................................. 93 Enclosure 2 Manual Control of Feed Water Flow Control Valves in Conjunction with the Feed Water Bypass Valves ..... .. .... ... .... .... ......... .. ... ..... . ..... .. 95 Enclosure 3 Reactivity Management at or Close to Full Power.................................................... 96 Enclosure 4 Maintaining Reactor Power Below 100 Percent Tech Spec Limit............................ 100 Enclosure 5 Guidance for Adjusting System Voltage and Main Generator Reactive Load.......... 102 Attachment 1 Inverse Count Rate Data and Plot Sheet.................................................................... 103 Attachment 2 Control Room Switch Alignment Check Prior to Entering Mode 2.. ....... ............ .. ... 106 Attachment 3 Control Room Switch Alignment Check Prior to Entering Mode 1.......................... 120 Attachment 4 Povver Data S11eet.................................................................. .................................... 134

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

4 3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 10/16/14 Section Attachment 5 Operation of the Steam Dump to Atmosphere Controllers........................................ 13 8 Attachment 6 TCS Trip Setpoints .................................................................................................... 139

Procedure Procedure

Title:

ge:

5 3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation 4/12/14 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides instructional guidance for the startup of the Unit from a hot standby condition to power operations.

1.2 Due to extensive plant changes for Extended Power Uprate, this revision allows 3-PTP-072.2, 3R26 Extended Power Uprate Return to Service Testing, to be concurrently performed.

2.0 REFERENCES

/RECORDS REQUIRED/COMMITMENT DOCUMENTS 2.1 References 2.1.1 Technical Specifications

1. 1. 7, Containment Integrity Definition
2. 2 .1, Safety Limits
3. 3 .1.1, Boron Control
4. 3.1.3, Movable Control Assemblies
5. 3/4.2.4, Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio
6. 3 .3 .1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation
7. 3.3.2, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Instrumentation
8. 3.4, Reactor Coolant System
9. 3 .4.1, Reactor Coolant Loops and Coolant Circulation System
10. 3.4.9, Pressure/Temperature Limits
11. 3.5, Emergency Core Cooling Systems
12. 3.6, Containment System
13. 3.7, Plant System
14. 3.8, Electrical Power Systems
15. 4.0, Surveillance Requirements 2.1.2 FSAR
1. Section 4.2, Reactor Coolant System Design and Operation

Proced Procedure

Title:

I Page:

Date:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power Operation INIT

  1. i Withdraw Shutdown Banks as follows:

&/II_ ( U/ IF final ECC boron concentration NOT yet established, THEN consult with Reactor Engineering to verify adequate Shutdown Margin to withdraw Shutdown Banks.

~( J!!!" Place the Rod Control Selector Switch to SBA.

_LL( *~Verify the GRP Select lights on the power cabinets in 3B MCC are as P follows:

Power Cabinet GRP SELECT lAC /{ c 2AC 11 c lBD 11 c 2BD I\ c

_LL(+)  !'~ Fully withdraw Shutdown Bank A to the ARO position as identified in P the Core Operating Limits Report. (COLR)

-.4-(*) ~Place the Rod Control Selector Switch to SBB.

AC*) , ~Verify the GRP Select lights on the power cabinets in 3B MCC are as P follows:

Power Cabinet GRP SELECT lAC /l c 2AC 11 c lBD /l c 2BD ~ c

_LL ( +) ref Fully withdraw Shutdown Bank B to the ARO position as identified in P the Core Operating Limits Report. (COLR)

__ ( )~Enter 3-0SP-041.16, Minimum Temperature for Criticality Verification, to record RCS

'C7 temperature.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

I f='~*.~~--__,,___.__,_,__,~-~-.-.,~~N--*wma,.,_..__oo_~~P-~""""'"='~~-*'"'-=-~~-~_.,,K_,~,__,.,~"""""'~~'*,_~_,,~-~-~,,_--w~~,,_-.,_~

Page e:

3-GOP-301 Hot Standby to Power I 4/27/14 5 .16 Perform the following to commence Unit 3 reactor startup.

-- 5 .16.1 Verify each shutdown rod to be fully withdrawn within 15 minutes prior to withdrawal of any control rods during an approach to reactor criticality.

Indicated Step Steps RPI Counters SBA 03 C9 113 N7 J3 C7 013 N9 OPl OP2 SBB ES Ll 1 L5 Ell H6 HlO F8 K8 OPl OP2

-- 5.16.2 Verify the predicted critical rod position is above the rod insertion limits for zero power (Bank C above 105 steps) within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> of going critical.

CAUTIONS

  • During Mode 2 operation and at reduced power levels (less than 30 percent) in Mode 1, caution must be exercised when making Secondary System adjustments which would affect power/reactivity levels. The Unit RO shall be aware of adjustments to SIG steam, feed, or blowdown flow.
  • Nuclear Instrumentation including startup rate meters are required to be monitored during reactivity changes.
  • Excessive borationldilution rates and rod motion shall be avoided.

5.16.3 Announce on paging system, Unit 3 Reactor Startup has commenced.

5.16.4 SHIFT MANAGER VERIFICATION POINT

1. Verify that NO evolutions are ongoing (Surveillance Testing, Turnover, etc.) which will distract the at-controls operator during approach to criticality.

Shift Manager: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Signature Print Date

3-GOP-301 to Power

- ......... .... -'II

,, A Reactor Engineer should perform the inverse count rate calculation and the projected critical rod height.

I

  • Analog Rod Position Indicators in any rod bank may deviate from Demand Position Indicators by greater than 18 steps during startup. Operation may proceed provided that the condition does NOT exist for more than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> following motion of any rod bank. Technical Specifications for moveable control assemblies should be referred to prior to commencing reactor startup.

I a The following steps for verification of the power cabinet group select lights do NOT preclude any necessary operator action to control reactivity.

5.16.5 Withdraw Control Banks as follows:

1. Place the Rod Control Selector Switch to the Manual position.
2. Verify the GRP Select lights on the power cabinets in 3B MCC are as follows:

Power Cabinet GRP Select lAC A 2AC A lBD c 2BD c

3. Withdraw the control banks, as guided by the Inverse Count Rate Data and Plot sheet (Attachment 1) AND stop when Control Bank A group counter is at 128 steps.
4. Verify the GRP Select lights on power cabinets in 3B MCC are as follows:

Power Cabinet GRP Select lAC A 2AC A lBD A 2BD A

Procedure

Title:

50 3-GOP-301 Standby to Power Operation 5.16.5 (Cont'd)

5. Withdraw the Control banks, as guided by the Inverse Count Rate Data and Plot sheet (Attachment 1) AND stop when Control Bank B group counter is at 128 steps.
6. Verify the GRP Select lights on power cabinets in 3B MCC are as follows:

Power Cabinet GRP Select lAC B 2AC B lBD A 2BD A

7. Withdraw the Control banks, as guided by the Inverse Count Rate Data and Plot sheet (Attachment 1) AND stop when Control Bank C group counter is at 128 steps.
8. Verify the GRP Select lights on power cabinets in 3B MCC are as follows:

Power Cabinet GRP Select lAC B 2AC B IBD B 2BD B

9. Withdraw the Control banks, as guided by the Inverse Count Rate Data and Plot sheet (Attachment 1).
10. _\VHEN audible count rate becomes too rapid, THEN adjust the Audio Multiplier switch on the Audio Count Rate Channel drawer as required to provide an appropriate indication of power level.
11. Record the estimated Mode 2 Rod Position:

Bank _ _ _ _ _ at _ _ _ _ _ steps.

12. Record the time the Unit enters Mode 2:

Time:

I Light C Turkey Point Nuclear Plant Unit3 3-0NOP-059.5

Title:

Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction Safety Related Procedure Responsible Department: Operations Revision Approval Date: 3/26/03 RTSs 88-0382P, 90-1239P, 91-1122T, 91-3615P, 92-1261P, 92-1386P, 93-1558P, 98-0437, 03-0217P PC!M 92-031,02-085 W97 /TN M/tf/d cij/ev

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

IPage:

2

. Source Range 1 Date:

3-0NOP-059.5 Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction I

  • 3126103 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Revision Page Date 1 03/26/03 2 03/26/03 3 03126103 4 03126103 5 03/26/03 6 03/26/03 7 03/26/03 8 03/26/03 9 03/26/03 10 03/26/03 11 03/26/03 12 03126103 13 03/26/03 14 03/26/03

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

I Page:

3 Source Range r 3-0NOP-059.5 Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction 3/26/03 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 1.0 PURPOSE .................................................................................................................... . 4 2.0 SYMPTOMS ............................................................................................................... . 4 3.0 AUTOMATIC ACTIONS 3.1 Mode 1 or 2 - with reactor power greater than permissive P-6 ........................ . 4 3.2 Mode 2 or 3 - Startup in progress, with reactor power below permissive P-6 .................................................................................................. .. 5 3.3 Modes 3, 4 and 5 - with reactor trip breakers in the closed position/control rod drive system capable of rod withdrawal. .......................... . 5 3.4 Mode 3, 4 and 5 - with reactor trip breakers in the open position/control rod drive system NOT capable ofrod withdrawal. ................ . 5 3.5 Mode 6 - Refueling ........................................................................................... . 6 4.0 IMMEDIATE ACTIONS 4.1 Mode 1 or 2 - with reactor power greater than permissive P-6 ....................... .. 6 4.2 Mode 2 or 3 - Startup in progress, with reactor power below permissive P-6 .................................................................................................. .. 6 4.3 Modes 3, 4 and 5 - with reactor trip breakers in the closed position/control rod drive system capable of rod withdrawal. .......................... . 6 4.4 Modes 3, 4 and 5 - with reactor trip breakers in the open position/control rod drive system NOT capable of rod withdrawal. ................ . 7 4.5 Mode 6 - Refueling ........................................................................................... . 7 5.0 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 5.1 Mode 1 or 2 - with reactor power greater than permissive P-6. ........................ 8 5 .2 Mode 2 or 3 - Startup in progress, with reactor power below permissive P-6.................................................................................................... 9 5.3 Modes 3, 4 and 5 - with reactor trip breakers in the closed position/control rod drive system capable of rod withdrawal............................ 10 5 .4 Modes 3, 4 and 5 - with reactor trip breakers in the open position/control rod drive system NOT capable of rod withdrawal. ...... ........... 11 5 .5 Mode 6 - Refueling .... ........... ... .............. .. ... ... .. ......... ..... ... ........... .......... .... .... ... . 12 6.0 13

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

I Page:

4 Source Range ~ate:

3-0NOP-059.5 Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction I 3/26/03 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides instructions to be performed for a malfunctioning Primary nuclear instrumentation source range channel, subdivided by operational modes, as required by referenced Technical Specifications.

2.0 SYMPTOMS 2.1 Significant disagreement between channels 2.2 Erratic and/or spiking indication NOTE I I I Erratic and/or spiking indication may be caused by outside electrical interference. Welding I I activities, hand held radio transmission or use of special electronic equipment in the I following areas should be evaluated by the NPS:

1. Control Room near nuclear instrumentation cabinets.

I 2. Cable Spreading Room I I 3. South Cable Penetration Room I I 4. Containment, 14 foot or 30 foot elevations near penetration canisters or cable I trays.

I 2.3 Drift of indication or bistable settings 2.4 Loss of instrument or control power 2.5 Unanticipated Annunciator B 4/3 - SOURCE RANGE LOSS OF DETECTOR VOLTAGE 3.0 AUTOMATIC ACTIONS 3.1 Mode 1 or 2 - with reactor power greater than permissive P-6 3 .1.1 Malfunction of ONE Channel:

1. NONE 3.1.2 Malfunction of BOTH Channels:
1. NONE

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

I Page:

5 Source Range LJate:

3-0NOP-059.5 Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction 3/26/03 3:2 Mode 2 or 3 - Startup in progress, with reactor power below permissive P-6.

3 .2.1 Malfunction of ONE channel:

1. Possible - Reactor Trip 3.2.2 Malfunction of BOTH channels:
1. Possible - Reactor Trip 3.3 Modes 3, 4 and 5 - with reactor trip breakers in the closed position/control rod drive system capable of rod withdrawal.

3.3.1 Malfunction of ONE channel:

1. Possible Reactor Trip
2. Annunciator B 4/1 - SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN
3. Containment Evacuation Alarm 3.3.2 Malfunction of BOTH channels:
1. Possible Reactor Trip
2. Annunciator B 4/1 - SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN
3. Containment Evacuation Alarm 3.4 Mode 3, 4 and 5 - with reactor trip breakers in the open position/control rod drive system NOT capable of rod withdrawal.

3.4.1 Malfunction of ONE channel:

1. Annunciator B 4/1 - SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN
2. Containment Evacuation Alarm 3 .4.2 Malfunction of BOTH channels:
1. Annunciator B 4/1 - SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN
2. Containment Evacuation Alarm

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

6 Source Range 3-0NOP-059.5 Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction 3/26/03 3.5 Mode 6 - Refueling 3 .5 .1 Malfunction of ONE channel:

1. Annunciator B 411 - SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN
2. Containment Evacuation Alarm 3.5.2 Malfunction of BOTH channels:
1. Annunciator B 4/1 - SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN
2. Containment Evacuation Alarm 4.0 IMMEDIATE ACTIONS 4.1 Mode 1 or 2 - with reactor power greater than permissive P-6.

4.1.1 Malfunction of ONE Channel:

1. NONE 4.1.2 Malfunction of BOTH Channels:
1. NONE 4.2 Mode 2 or 3 - Startup in progress, with reactor power below permissive P-6.

4.2.1 Malfunction of ONE channel:

1. IF applicable, THEN verify Reactor Tripped.

4.2.2 Malfunction of BOTH channels:

1. IF applicable, THEN verify Reactor Tripped.

4.3 Modes 3, 4 and 5 - with reactor trip breakers in the closed position/control rod drive system capable of rod withdrawal.

4.3.1 Malfunction of ONE channel:

1. IF applicable, THEN verify Reactor Tripped.
2. Notify plant personnel of erroneous Containment Evacuation Alarm.

4.3 .2 Malfunction of BOTH channels:

1. IF applicable, THEN verify Reactor Tripped.
2. Notify plant personnel of erroneous Containment Evacuation Alarm.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

I Page:

7 Source Range 3-0NOP-059.5 Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction 4.4 Modes 3, 4 and 5 - with reactor trip breakers in the open position/control rod drive system NOT capable of rod withdrawal.

4.4.1 Malfunction of ONE channel:

1. IF applicable, THEN notify plant personnel of erroneous Containment Evacuation Alarm.

4.4.2 Malfunction of BOTH channels:

1. IF applicable, THEN notify plant personnel of erroneous Containment Evacuation Alarm.

4.5 Mode 6 - Refueling 4.5.1 Malfunction of ONE channel:

1. Switch the AUDIO COUNT RATE CHANNEL SELECTOR to the operable source range.
2. Verify at least 2 out of 4 Source Range and Backup NIS (Gamma Metrics) channels are operable, with one Source Range having audible count rate in the Control Room and Containment.
a. IF the above requirement is not met, THEN suspend all operations involving core alterations OR positive reactivity changes.
3. IF applicable, THEN notify plant personnel of erroneous Containment Evacuation Alarm.

4.5.2 Malfunction of BOTH channels:

1. Suspend all operations involving Core Alterations.
2. Suspend all operations involving positive reactivity changes.
3. IF applicable, THEN notify plant personnel of erroneous Containment Evacuation Alarm.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

8 Source Range 3-0NOP-059.5 Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction 3/26/03 5.0 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE I The HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in the BLOCK position defeats the Containment I I Evacuation Alarm from the source range NIS ONLY. I L---------------------

5.1 Mode 1 or 2 - with reactor power greater than permissive P-6.

5.1.1 Malfunction of ONE channel:

1. Place LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS position.
2. Verify HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK position.
3. IF Detector Hi Voltage is energized, THEN remove INSTR POWER fuses from failed channel drawer.
4. Notify I&C.

5.1.2 Malfunction of BOTH channels:

1. Place both LEVEL TRIP switches in BYPASS position.
2. Verify both HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switches in BLOCK position.
3. IF Detector Hi Voltage is energized, THEN remove INSTR POWER fuses from failed channel drawers.

4 .. Notify I&C.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

9 Source Range Approval Date:

3-0NOP-059.5 Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction 3/26/03 5.2 Mode 2 or 3 - Startup in progress, with reactor power below permissive P-6.

5.2.1 Malfunction of ONE channel:

1. IF not tripped, manually insert all control rods and shutdown banks, THEN OPEN Reactor Trip Breakers.
2. Stop any dilution of RCS boron concentration.
3. Maintain RCS Temperature and Pressure at existing condition.
4. Place LEVEL TRJP switch on failed channel in BYPASS position.
5. Verify HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on failed channel IS Ill BLOCK position.
6. Switch an NIS RECORDER to the operable source range. I
7. Notify I&C.

5.2.2 Malfunction of BOTH channels:

1. IF not tripped, manually insert all control rods and shutdown banks, THEN OPEN Reactor Trip Breakers.
2. Stop any dilution of RCS boron concentration.
3. Maintain RCS Temperature and Pressure at existing condition.
4. Place both LEVEL TRJP switches in BYPASS position.
5. Request Chemistry to immediately sample RCS to verify correct boron concentration.
6. Confirm Shutdown margin from Plant Curve Book,Section III, Figure 5, using O-OP-028.2, SHUTDOWN MARGIN VERIFICATION.
7. Switch NIS RECORDERS to the intermediate range channels. I
8. Notify I&C.
9. Monitor the Backup NIS (Gamma Metrics) Source Range Count Rate.

' r

...... **~~l~~,l/.~L'!"*" V

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

10 Source Range oval Date:

  • 3-0NOP-059.5 Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction 3/26/03 5.3 Modes 3, 4 and 5 - with reactor trip breakers in the closed position/control rod drive system capable of rod withdrawal.

5.3.l Malfunction of ONE channel:

1. Transfer LEVEL TRIP switch on failed channel to BYPASS position.
2. Transfer HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on failed channel to BLOCK position.
3. Switch an NIS RECORDER to the operable source range.
4. Notify I&C.
5. Restore the inoperable channel to operable within 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br /> OR open the reactor trip breakers within the next hour.

5.3.2 Malfunction of BOTH channels:

1. Place LEVEL TRIP switches on failed channels in BYPASS position.
2. Place HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switches on failed channels m BLOCK position.
3. Switch NIS RECORDERS to the intermediate range channels.
4. Open the reactor trip breakers within one hour.
a. WHEN reactor trip breakers are open, THEN go to Subsection 5.4 of this procedure.
5. Request Chemistry to immediately sample the RCS to verify correct boron concentration.
6. Confirm Shutdown margin from Plant Curve Book,Section III, Figure 5, using O-OP-028.2, SHUTDOWN MARGIN VERIFICATION.
7. Monitor the Backup NIS (Gamma Metrics) Source Range Count Rate.
8. Notify I&C.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

11 Source Range Approval Date:

3-0NOP-059.5 Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction 3/26/03 5.4 Modes 3, 4 and 5 - with reactor trip breakers in the open position/control rod drive system NOT capable of rod withdrawal.

5.4.l Malfunction of ONE channel:

1. Place LEVEL TRJP switch on failed channel in BYPASS position.
2. Place HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on failed channel in BLOCK position.
3. Switch an NIS RECORDER to the operable source range.
4. Verify at least 2 out of 4 Source Range and Backup NIS (Gamma Metrics) channels are operable.
a. IF the above requirement is not met, THEN:

(1) Stop all operations involving positive reactivity changes, AND; (2) Within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> AND at least once every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> thereafter, confirm shutdown margin using O-OP-028.2, SHUTDOWN MARGIN VERIFICATION, AND Plant Curve Book,Section III, Figures 5 or 6. [Tech Spec 3.3.1, Table 3.3-1, Item 46, Action 5]

5. Notify I&C.

5.4.2 Malfunction of BOTH channels:

1. Place LEVEL TRJP switches on failed channels in BYPASS position.
2. Place HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switches on failed channels m BLOCK position.
3. Switch NIS RECORDERS to the intermediate ranges.
4. Verify both Backup NIS (Gamma Metrics) channels are operable.
a. IF the above requirement is not met, THEN:

(1) Stop all operations involving positive reactivity changes, AND; (2) Within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> AND at least once every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> thereafter, confirm shutdo~n margin using O-OP-028.2, SHUTDOWN MARGIN VERIFICATION, AND Plant Curve Book,Section III, Figures 5 or 6. [Tech Spec 3.3.1, Table 3.3-1, Item 46, Action 5]

5. Notify I&C.
6. Monitor the Backup NIS (Gamma Metrics) Source Range Count Rate.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

I Page:

12 Source .Range Approval Date:

3-0NOP-059.5 Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction 3/26/03 5.5 Mode 6 - Refueling 5.5.1 Malfunction of ONE channel:

1. Place LEVEL TRJP switch on failed channel in BYPASS position.
2. Place HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on failed channel in BLOCK position.
3. Switch an NIS RECORDER to the operable source range.
4. IF one Source Range having audible count rate in the Control Room and Containment, AND 2 out of 4 NIS (NSSS Source Range and Gamma Metrics) Channels are not operable, THEN verify RCS boron concentration is greater than or equal to the required boron concentration at least once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.
5. Notify I&C.
6. Monitor Backup NIS (Gamma Metric) Source Range Count Rate.

5.5.2 Malfunction of BOTH channels:

1. Place LEVEL TRIP switches on failed channels in BYPASS position.
2. Place HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switches on failed channels m BLOCK position.
3. Switch NIS RECORDERS to the intermediate ranges.
4. Verify RCS boron concentration is greater than or equal to required concentration at least once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.
5. Notify I&C.
6. Monitor Backup NIS (Gamma Metrics) Source Range Count Rate.

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

IPage:

13 Source Range ~ate:

3-0NOP-059.5 Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction 3/26/03

6.0 REFERENCES

/RECORDS REQUIRED/COMMITMENT DOCUMENTS 6.1 References 6.1.1 Technical Specification

1. Table 3 .3-1, Item 4, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation
2. Section 3.9.1, Refueling Operations Boron Concentration
3. Section 3.9.2, Refueling Operations Instrumentation
4. Section 2.2.1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation Setpoints 6.1.2 FSAR
1. Section 7.2, Protective Systems
2. Section 7.4, Nuclear Instrumentation 6.1.3 Operating Diagrams
1. 5610-T-Ll, Sheet 2 - Reactor Trip Signals
2. 5610-T-Ll, Sheet 16 - Nuclear Instrumentation Trip Signals
3. 5610-T-Ll, Sheet 17 - Nuclear Instrumentation Permissives and Blocks

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

14 Source Range . __ =ate:

3-0NOP-059.5 Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction 3/26/03 6.1.4 Operating Procedures

1. 3-ARP-097.CR, Control Room Annunciator Response - Panel B
2. 3-GOP-103, Power Operation To Hot Standby
3. 3-GOP-301, Hot Standby to Power Operation
4. 3-GOP-503, Cold Shutdown to Hot Standby
5. 3-0P-028.2, Shutdown Margin Verification 6.1.5 Miscellaneous Documents (i.e., Correspondence, PC/Ms, etc.)
1. Plant Curve Book
2. PC/M 83-199, NFMS - Neutron Flux Monitoring System - Gamma Metrics
3. Westinghouse Letter NS-NRC-86-3108
4. PC/M 90-508, Implementation of Setpoint Methodology
5. PC/M (MSP)02-085, Replace Recorder NR-45 I 6.2 Records Required 6.2.1 None 6.3 Commitment Documents 6.3.1 None END OF TEXT FINAL PAGE W97TL~\ ,~~/ ....**
11 \JV

LOIT L-15-1 NRC Exam material controlled by TR-AA-230-1009, Training Examination Security.

Simulator - JPM H LOIT L-15-1 NRC Exam material controlled by TR-AA-230-1009, Training Examination Security.

J Page 2 of 14 NRC L*15*1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM TITLE: Respond to 3A CCW Pump Trip During 3-0SP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test JPM NUMBER: L-15-1 NRC JPM H REV. 0-0 TASK NUMBER(S) I 01030017200 I TASK TITLE(S): Test CCW System KIA NUMBERS: 008 A2.01 KIA VALUE: RO 3.3 /SRO 3.6 Justification (FOR KIA VALUES <3.0): N/A TASK APPLICABILITY:

~RO ~SRO D STA D Non-Lie D SRO CERT D OTHER: _ _

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING: Simulate/Walkthrough: D Perform: [))

EVALUATION LOCATION: In-Plant: D Control Room:

Simulator: [KJ Other:

Lab: D Time for Completion: 15 Minutes Time Critical: NO Alternate Path [NRC]: YES Alternate Path [INPO]: YES Training Program Owner TR-M-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM H

L-15-1 NRC JPM H, Respond to 3A CCW Pump Trip During 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, Rev. 0 JPM Page 3 of 14 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.

REVIEW STATEMENTS YES NO N/A

1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
7. If the task is time critical, is the time critical portion based upon actual task performance requirements?
8. Is the job level appropriate for the task being evaluated if required?
9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /

Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?

12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?

TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.

All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.

Protected Content: (CAPRs, corrective actions, licensing commitments, etc. associated with this material)

{C001}

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM H

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM H, Respond to 3A CCW Pump Trip During 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, Rev. 0 JPM Page 4 of 14 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

SUPERVISOR DATE TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM H

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM H, Respond to 3A CCW Pump Trip During 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, Rev. 0 JPM Page 5 of 14 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION SIMULATOR SET-UP:

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

_____ 1. Reset to IC 1 or equivalent IC.

_____ 2. Place Simulator in RUN.

_____ 3. Ensure applicable portions of Simulator Operator Checklist are complete.

_____ 4. Realign CCW pumps such that 3A is in service and others are secured.

_____ 5. Open and execute L-15-1 NRC JPM H.lsn.

_____ 5. Trigger SETUP - FAIL PC-3-611

_____ 6. Acknowledge alarms and place Simulator in FREEZE.

_____ 7. Save as a temporary IC if JPM will be repeated.

_____ 8. When ready to begin, then place Simulator in RUN.

SIMULATOR MALFUNCTIONS:

  • insert TFK1A611 TRUE delay=0 ramp=0 on=0 off=0 SIMULATOR OVERRIDES:
  • insert V80H26 TRUE delay=0 ramp=0 on=0 off=0 SIMULATOR REMOTE FUNCTIONS:

NA Required Materials: HANDOUT 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test Stopwatch.

General

References:

3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test 3-ARP-097.CR.H, Control Room Response Panel H Task Standards: On loss of 3A CCW Pump, Candidate successfully starts 3B or 3C Pump Manually.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM H

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM H, Respond to 3A CCW Pump Trip During 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, Rev. 0 JPM Page 6 of 14 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Unit 3 is in Mode 1, 100% Power, steady state conditions.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • You are directed by the US to perform 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test for the 3C CCW Pump, beginning at Section 4.1.
  • Prerequisites for the test are completed.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM H

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM H, Respond to 3A CCW Pump Trip During 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, Rev. 0 JPM Page 7 of 14 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:

NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).

NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.

Performance Step: Candidate obtains procedure, 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Critical N SEQ-1 Pressure Start Test for Test of 3C CCW Pump.

Standard: Candidate obtains procedure and goes to Section 4.1.

Evaluator Cue: Provide Candidate copy of procedure, marked up with prerequisites complete.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, step Critical N SEQ-2 4.1.1.1.A:

ENSURE the following per 3-NOP-030, Component Cooling Water System:

A. 3A CCW PUMP is in Service.

Standard: Candidate Checks 3A CCW in service.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM H

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM H, Respond to 3A CCW Pump Trip During 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, Rev. 0 JPM Page 8 of 14 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Performance Step: 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, step Critical N SEQ-3 4.1.1.1.B:

3C CCW PUMP is in Standby with control switch in AUTO.

Standard: Candidate Verifies 3C CCW in Standby with control switch in Auto.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, step Critical N SEQ-4 4.1.1.2:

CAUTION If in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4, placing 3B CCW PUMP in PULL-TO-LOCK results in entry into TS 3.7.2 72-hour action statement because 3B CCW pump breaker is NOT racked out, and therefore 3C CCW pump will NOT receive an auto-start signal from the sequencer in event of an SI actuation or Loss of Offsite Power.

Standard: Candidate reads the Caution.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM H

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM H, Respond to 3A CCW Pump Trip During 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, Rev. 0 JPM Page 9 of 14 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Performance Step: 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, step Critical Y SEQ-5 4.1.1.2:

PLACE 3B CCW PUMP control switch in PULL-TO-LOCK.

Standard: Candidate places 3B CCW PUMP control switch in PULL-TO-LOCK.

Evaluator Note: When Candidate requests IV, respond that IV has been completed.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, step Critical N SEQ-6 4.1.1.3:

CLOSE 3-701G, ROOT VLV TO PC-3-611 CCW HX B INLET.

Standard: Candidate calls field operator to close 3-701G, ROOT VLV TO PC-3-611 CCW HX B INLET.

Booth Operator Cue: Acknowledge and tell candidate the manipulation is complete. Take no action.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM H

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM H, Respond to 3A CCW Pump Trip During 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, Rev. 0 JPM Page 10 of 14 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Performance Step: 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, step Critical N SEQ-7 4.1.1.4:

PERFORM the following until completion of Section 4.1.2 Step 3:

A. MONITOR PI-3-612, CCW HX B INLET PRESS.

B. IF PI-3-612 indication lowers to less than 77 psig, THEN NOTIFY RO of CCW Header low pressure.

Standard: Candidate calls field operator to perform the above monitoring, until notified of Section 4.1.2 Step 3 completion.

Booth Operator Cue: Acknowledge request.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, step Critical N SEQ-8 4.1.1.5:

DEPRESSURIZE sensing line for PC-3-611, using test fitting downstream of 3701G, ROOT VLV TO PC-3-611 CCW HX B INLET.

Standard: Candidate directs field operator to depressurize sensing line for PC-3-611.

Evaluator Note: When triggered, Annunciator H-8/3 along with multiple low flow annunciators will come in immediately, followed shortly by two annunciators associated with the tripping of the pump breaker.

Booth Operator Cue: Acknowledge request, then trigger FAIL 3A CCW PUMP Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM H

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM H, Respond to 3A CCW Pump Trip During 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, Rev. 0 JPM Page 11 of 14 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION If at any point the candidate starts a standby CCW pump, whether using 0-Evaluator Note: ADM-211 or the ARP as guidance, proceed to SEQ-12.

Performance Step: 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, step Critical N SEQ-9 4.1.1.6:

NOTE Upon receipt of annunciator H-8/3, CCW HEADER LO PRESS, CCW Pump 3C will start after a 30 second time delay.

Standard: Candidate reads Note.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, step Critical N SEQ-10 4.1.1.6:

CHECK Annunciator H-8/3, CCW HEADER LO PRESS, IN ALARM.

Standard: Candidate checks for the alarm.

Performance: SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM H

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM H, Respond to 3A CCW Pump Trip During 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, Rev. 0 JPM Page 12 of 14 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Performance Step: 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, step Critical N SEQ-11 4.1.1.7:

CHECK CCW Pump 3C starts.

Standard: Candidate watches for the pump to start. Candidate may use any timing method.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

Performance Step: 3C CCW Pump Does NOT Start.

Critical Y SEQ-12 3A CCW Pump shaft seizes.

Standard: Candidate observes any combination of the following:

1. Increasing amps on 3A CCW Pump
2. Decreasing CCW flow and
3. Multiple annunciators associated with loss of CCW flow and breaker trip Candidate STARTS 3B or 3C CCW Pump. (CRITICAL ACTION)

Evaluator Note: May secure and/or place 3A CCW Pump in PTL.

SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY Performance:

Comments:

Terminating Cues: When either the 3B or 3C CCW Pump is started, state this completes the JPM.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

Stop Time:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM H

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

L-15-1 NRC JPM H, Respond to 3A CCW Pump Trip During 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test, Rev. 0 JPM Page 13 of 14 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Examinee: Evaluator:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT Date:

LOIT RO LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS: SAT: UNSAT:

Remediation required: YES NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).

EXAMINER NOTE: ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.

EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:

NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC Simulator - JPM H

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM Page 14 of 14 TURNOVER SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Unit 3 is in Mode 1, 100% Power, steady state conditions.

INITIATING CUES (IF APPLICABLE):

  • You are directed by the US to perform 3-OSP-030.5, CCW Pumps Low Header Pressure Start Test for the 3C CCW Pump, beginning at Section 4.1.
  • Prerequisites for the test are completed.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

Procedure No.

TURKEY POINT UNI 3 3-0SP-030.5 Revision No.

OPERATIONS SURVEILLANCE PROCEDURE 0 FP Effective Date SAFETY RELATED 00/00/00 CONTINUOUS USE

Title:

COMPONENT COOLING WATER PUMPS LOW HEADER PRESSURE START TEST Responsible Department: OPERATIONS Special Considerations:

This is an Upgraded Procedure. Initial use should include increased awareness because of potential technical and/or sequential changes to the procedure. After initial use of this procedure, provide comments back to the Procedure Upgrade Project.

FOR INFORMATION ONLY Before use, verify revision and change documentation (if applicable) with a coptrolled index or document.

DATE VERIFIED (JC... INITIAL____./\.......__ _

Revision Approved By Approval Date UNIT# UNIT3 DATE DOCT PROCEDURE 0 Frank Wurster 12/09/08 DOCN 3-0SP-030.5 SYS STATUS COMPLETED REV 0

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

0 COMPONENT COOLING WATER PUMPS LOW HEADER PRESSURE START TEST 2of15 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-0SP-030.5 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 REVISION

SUMMARY

Rev. No. Description 0 PCR # 08-5473, 12/09/08, P. Williams

1. Upgraded procedure format per AD-AA-100-1003, FPL Procedure Writer's Guide. This upgrade was issued from 3-0SP-030.5 dated 3126107.
2. Relocated Acceptance Criteria data into Functional Criteria section, as this test is not required by Technical Specifications.
3. Deleted various Precautions and Limitations associated with CCW Pump starts, as CCW Pump starts will be performed per 3-NOP-030.
4. Relocated some Precautions and Limitations into steps or Cautions within the procedure sections.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

0 COMPONENT COOLING WATER PUMPS LOW HEADER PRESSURE START TEST 3of15 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-0SP-030.5 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE ............................................................................................. 4 2.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ........................................................................... 4 3.0 PREREQUISITES ....................................................................................................... 5 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................................................................... 6 4.1 Test of 3C CCW Pump ................................................................................................ 6 4.1.1 Test Performance .....................................................................................................*... 6 4.1.2 Test Restoration ... :...................................................................................................... 7 4.2 Test of 38 CCW Pump ............................................................................................. :.. 8 4.2.1 Test Performance ........................................................................................................ 8 4.2.2 Test Restoration .......................................................................................................... 9 4.3 Test of 3A CCW Pump .............................................................................................. 10 4.3.1 Test Performance ...................................................................................................... 10 4.3.2 Test Restoration ........................................................................................................ 11 5.0 RESTORATION AND DOCUMENTATION ............................................................... 12 6.0 ACCEPTANCE AND FUNCTIONAL CRITERIA ........................................................ 13 7.0 RECORDS ................................................................................................................. 14

8.0 REFERENCES

AND COMMITMENTS ..................................................................... 14

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

0 COMPONENT COOLING WATER PUMPS LOW HEADER PRESSURE START TEST 4of15 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-0SP-030.5 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE 1.1 Purpose This procedure provides instructions to test the automatic start of the Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pumps due to low header pressure.

1.2 Scope This procedure satisfies the requirements of System Operability Review Package 1050-038 for (CCW) Pumps.

1.2.1 Frequency As scheduled per O-OSP-200.1, Schedule of Plant Checks and Surveillances 1.2.2 Applicability MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4 1.2.3 Mode Restrictions None 2.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 Precautions

1. The Unit Supervisor shall be immediately notified if any Functional Criteria is NOT met or any malfunction or abnormal conditions occur.

2.2 Limitations None

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

0 COMPONENT COOLING WATER PUMPS LOW HEADER PRESSURE START TEST 5of15 PROCEDURE NO.:

w?

3-0SP-030.5 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 PREREQUISITES INITIAL 1

ENSURE the following:

d CCW System is aligned for normal operation with headers P cross-tied per 3-NOP-030, Component Cooling Water System.

Three CCW Heat Exchangers are in service.

Three CCW Pumps are OPERABLE.

Chemistry Department has determined CCW fluid can be drained to a floor-drain, or a suitable container is available to collect the fluid. 11 fr Unit Supervisor has authorized performance of this test. I\

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

0 COMPONENT COOLING WATER PUMPS LOW HEADER PRESSURE START TEST 6of15 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-0SP-030.5 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS INITIAL 4.1 Test of 3C CCW Pump 4.1.1 Test Performance

1. ENSURE the following per 3-NOP-030, Component Cooling Water System:

A. 3A CCW PUMP is in Service.

8. 3C CCW PUMP is in Standby with control switch in AUTO.

CAUTION If in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4, placing 38 CCW PUMP in PULL-TO-LOCK results in entry into TS 3. 7 .2 72-hour action statement because 38 CCW pump breaker is NOT racked out, and therefore 3C CCW pump will NOT receive an auto-start signal from the sequencer in event of an SI actuation or Loss of Offsite Power.

2. PLACE 38 CCW PUMP control switch in PULL-TO-LOCK.

IV

3. CLOSE 3-701G, ROOT VLV TO PC-3-611 CCW HX 8 INLET.
4. PERFORM the following until.completion of Section 4.1.2 Step 3:

A. MONITOR Pl-3-612, CCW HX 8 INLET PRESS.

8. IF Pl-3-612 indication lowers to less than 77 psig, THEN NOTIFY RO of CCW Header low pressure.
5. DEPRESSURIZE sensing line for PC-3-611, using test fitting downstream of 3-701 G, ROOT VLV TO PC-3-611 CCW HX 8 INLET.

NOTE Upon receipt of annunciator H-8/3, CCW HEADER LO PRESS, CCW Pump 3C will start after a 30 second time delay.

6. CHECK Annunciator H-8/3, CCW HEADER LO PRESS, IN ALARM.
7. CCW Pump 3C starts.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

0 COMPONENT COOLING WATER PUMPS LOW HEADER PRESSURE START TEST 7of15 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-0SP-030.5 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.1.2 Test Restoration INITIAL

1. RESTORE test fitting downstream of 3-701 G, ROOT VLV TO PC-3-611 CCW HX B INLET, to its original lineup.

IV

2. OPEN 3-701G, ROOT VLV TO PC-3-611 CCW HX B INLET.

IV

3. CHECK annunciator H-8/3, CCW HEADER LO PRESS, CLEAR.
4. PLACE 38 CCW pump in AUTO.

IV

5. STOP 3C CCW PUMP.
6. PLACE 3C CCW PUMP in AUTO.

IV

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE; TITLE: PAGE:

0 COMPONENT COOLING WATER PUMPS LOW HEADER PRESSURE START TEST 8of15 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-0SP-030.5 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2 Test of 38 CCW Pump INITIAL 4.2.1 Test Performance

1. ENSURE the following per 3-NOP-030, Component Cooling Water System:

A. 3A CCW PUMP is in Service.

8. 38 CCW PUMP is in Standby with control switch in AUTO.
2. PLACE 3C CCW PUMP control switch in PULL-TO-LOCK.

IV

3. CLOSE 3-701G, ROOT VLV TO PC-3-611 CCW HX 8 INLET.
4. PERFORM the following until completion of Section 4.2.2 Step 3:

A. MONITOR Pl-3-612, CCW HX 8 INLET PRESS.

8. IF Pl-3-612 indication lowers to less than 77 psig, THEN NOTIFY RO of CCW Header low pressure.
5. DEPRESSURIZE sensing line for PC-3-611, using test fitting downstream of 3-701 G, ROOT VLV TO PC-3-611 CCW HX 8 INLET.

NOTE Upon receipt of annunciator H-8/3, CCW HEADER LO PRESS, CCW Pump 38 will start after a 20 second time delay.

6. CHECK Annunciator H-8/3, CCW HEADER LO PRESS, IN ALARM.
7. CHECK CCW Pump 38 starts.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

0 COMPONENT COOLING WATER PUMPS LOW HEADER PRESSURE START TEST 9of15 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-0SP-030.5 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.2.2 Test Restoration INITIAL

1. RESTORE test fitting downstream of 3-701G, ROOT VLV TO PC-3-611 CCW HX B INLET, to its original lineup.

IV

2. OPEN 3-701G, ROOTVLVTO PC-3-611 CCWHX B INLET.

IV

3. CHECK annunciator H-8/3, CCW HEADER LO PRESS, CLEAR.
4. STOP 3A CCW PUMP.
5. PLACE 3A CCW PUMP in AUTO.

IV

6. IF NOT performing Section 4.3 to test CCW PUMP 3A, THEN PLACE 3C CCW pump in AUTO.

IV

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

0 COMPONENT COOLING WATER PUMPS LOW HEADER PRESSURE START TEST 1Oof15 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-0SP-030.5 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.3 Test of 3A CCW Pump INITIAL 4.3.1 Test Performance

1. ENSURE the following per 3-NOP-030, Component Cooling Water System:

A. 38 CCW PUMP is in Service.

~, B. 3A CCW PUMP is in Standby with control switch in AUTO.

C. 3C CCW PUMP control switch is in PULL-TO-LOCK.

IV

2. CLOSE 3-701 G, ROOT VLV TO PC-3-611 CCW HX B INLET.
3. PERFORM the following until completion of Section 4.3.2 Step 3:

A. MONITOR Pl-3-612, CCW HX B INLET PRESS.

B. IF Pl-3-612 indication lowers to less than 77 psig, THEN NOTIFY RO of CCW Header low pressure.

4. DEPRESSURIZE sensing line for PC-3-611, using test fitting downstream of 3-701G, ROOT VLV TO fDC-3-611 CCW HXB INLET.

NOTE Upon receipt of annunciator H-8/3, CCW HEADER LO PRESS, CCW Pump 3A will start after a 10 second time delay.

5. CHECK Annunciator H-8/3, CCW HEADER LO PRESS, IN ALARM.
6. CHECK CCW Pump 3A starts.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

0 COMPONENT COOLING WATER PUMPS LOW HEADER PRESSURE START TEST 11 of 15 PROCEDURE NO.:

~

3-0SP-030.5 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 4.3.2 Test Restoration INITIAL

1. RESTORE test fitting downstream of 3-701 G, ROOT VLV TO PC-3-611 CCW HX 8 INLET, to its original lineup.

IV

2. OPEN 3-701 G, ROOT VLV TO PC-3-611 CCW HX 8 INLET.

IV

3. CHECK annunciator H-8/3, CCW HEADER LO PRESS, CLEAR.
4. PLACE 3C CCW pump in AUTO.

IV

5. IF only 3A CCW PUMP is desired to remain in operation, THEN:

A. STOP 38 CCW PUMP.

B. PLACE 38 CCW PUMP in AUTO.

IV

6. IF only 38 CCW PUMP is desired to remain in operation, THEN:

A. STOP 3A CCW PUMP ..

B. PLACE 3A CCW PUMP in AUTO.

IV

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

0 COMPONENT COOLING WATER PUMPS LOW HEADER PRESSURE START TEST 12 of 15 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-0SP-030.5 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 5.0 RESTORATION AND DOCUMENTATION INITIAL 5.1 Restoration NOTIFY Unit Supervisor of test completion and results.

5.2 Documentation

  • Section 6.2, Functional Criteria is met for 3C CCW Pump.
  • Section 6.2, Functional Criteria is met for 3B CCW'Pump.
  • Section 6.2, Functional Criteria is met for 3A CCW Pump.

Remarks:

Performed By: (Print) Initials Reviewed By: Date Unit Supervisor or SRO Designee

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

0 COMPONENT COOLING WATER PUMPS LOW HEADER PRESSURE START TEST 13 of 15 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-0SP-030.5 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 6.0 ACCEPTANCE AND FUNCTIONAL CRITERIA 6.1 Acceptance Criteria None 6.2 Functional Criteria Each CCW Pump automatically starts on low header pressure.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

0 COMPONENT COOLING WATER PUMPS LOW HEADER PRESSURE START TEST 14 of 15 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-0SP-030.5 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 7.0 RECORDS Completed copies of the below listed item(s) document pump history and performance, and shall be routed to the Engineering Department for analysis and trending:

  • Section 4.0
  • Section 5.2

8.0 REFERENCES

AND COMMITMENTS 8.1 References 8.1.1 Implementing

1. 3-NOP-030, Component Cooling Water System 8.1.2 Developmental
1. Technical Specifications A. 3.7.2, Component Cooling Water System
2. Plant Drawings A. 5610-T-L 1, Sheet 24D, Logic Diagram Component Cooling Pumps 3A and 38 B. 5610-T-L 1, Shee.t 144A, Logic Diagram Primary System -

Component Cooling Water Pump 3C

c. 5613-E-25, Sheet 2A, Component Cooling Pump 3A D. 5613-E-25, Sheet 28, Component Cooling Pump 38 E. 5613-E-25, Sheet 2C, Component Cooling Pump 3C F. 5613-M-3030, Sheet 1, Component Cooling Water System

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

0 COMPONENT COOLING WATER PUMPS LOW HEADER PRESSURE START TEST 15 of 15 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-0SP-030.5 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 8.1.2 Developmental (continued)

3. Plant Procedures A. O-OSP-200.1, Schedule of Plant Checks and Surveillances
4. Miscellaneous Documents (PC/M, Correspondence)

A. PC/M 95-130, Modification for Low Pressure Auto Start for CCWPumps

8. PC/M 96-092, Addition of U/3 CCW Head Tank
c. Component Cooling Water System, System Operability Review Package D. JPN-PTN-SENP-95-026, Safety Evaluation for CCW Flow Balance and post Accident Alignment Requirements to Support Current and Uprated Conditions (LER 250/95-006) 8.1.3
  • Management Directives None 8.2 Commitments None

In-Plant - JPM I u J Page 2 of 14 DRAFT .. NRC L-15.. 1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM TITLE: Respond to Steam Line Fault of All Steam Generators and Isolate the 3C Steam Generator jPM NUMBER: 01200027501 REV. 0-0 TASK NUMBER(S) I 01200027500/

TASK TITLE(S): Respond to Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators KIA NUMBERS: E12 EA2.2 KIA VALUE: RO 3.4 /SRO 3.9 Justification (FOR KIA VALUES <3.0): N/A TASK APPLICABILITY:

~RO ~SRO ~ STA D Non-Lie ~SRO CERT D OTHER: _ _

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING: Simulate/Walkthrough: ~ Perform: D EVALUATION LOCATION: In-Plant: ~ Control Room: LJ Simulator: D Other:

Lab:

Time for Completion: 30 Minutes Time Critical: No Alternate Path [NRC]: No Alternate Path [INPO]: No Developed by:

<;~ '"'

Reviewed by:

Date Validated by:

Approved by:

Approved by:

Training Program Owner Date TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRG In-Plant JPM I

01200027501, Respond to Steam Line Fault of All S/Gs and Isolate the 3C S/G, Rev. 0 JPM Page 3 of 14 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.

REVIEW STATEMENTS YES NO N/A

1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
7. If the task is time critical, is the time critical portion based upon actual task performance requirements?
8. Is the job level appropriate for the task being evaluated if required?
9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /

Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?

12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?

TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.

All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.

Protected Content: None TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM I DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01200027501, Respond to Steam Line Fault of All S/Gs and Isolate the 3C S/G, Rev. 0 JPM Page 4 of 14 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

SUPERVISOR DATE New JPM for 2014 N/A N/A 0-0 New JPM 1982463 LOIT Annual Exam N/A N/A TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM I DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01200027501, Respond to Steam Line Fault of All S/Gs and Isolate the 3C S/G, Rev. 0 JPM Page 5 of 14 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION SIMULATOR SET-UP: N/A Required Materials:

  • 3-EOP-ECA-2.1 (Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators), Attachment 5 (3C S/G Isolation)

General

References:

  • 3-EOP-ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators Task Standards:
  • Demonstrate the ability to determine/interpret the adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facilitys license and amendments, as they apply to the uncontrolled depressurization of all Steam Generators
  • Isolate the 3C Steam Generator, to eliminate a steam line rupture through an open Steam Dump to Atmosphere valve TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM I DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01200027501, Respond to Steam Line Fault of All S/Gs and Isolate the 3C S/G, Rev. 0 JPM Page 6 of 14 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.

Initial Conditions:

  • Unit 3 is in Mode 3, following a steam line rupture outside of containment.
  • The crew has entered 3-EOP-ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators.
  • Operators in the Control Room have attempted to close the Main Steam Isolation Valves manually, but were unsuccessful, and steam-generator pressures continue to lower.

Initiating Cue:

  • The Unit Supervisor directs you to isolate the 3C Steam Generator, using Attachment 5 (3C S/G Isolation) of 3-EOP-ECA-2.1.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM I DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01200027501, Respond to Steam Line Fault of All S/Gs and Isolate the 3C S/G, Rev. 0 JPM Page 7 of 14 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:

NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).

NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.

Performance Step: 1 Obtain required materials.

Critical: No Standard: Obtain required materials.

Provide examinee with a copy of Attachment 5 (3C S/G Isolation) of 3-Evaluator Cue:

EOP-ECA-2.1 (Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators).

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 2 If POV-3-2606 (MSIV) is open, then at the MSIV Weir Control Panel:

Critical: Yes

  • Close 3-5299 (MSIV Opening Instrument Air Supply Valve)

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM I DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01200027501, Respond to Steam Line Fault of All S/Gs and Isolate the 3C S/G, Rev. 0 JPM Page 8 of 14 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Recognize that POV-3-2606 is open and close 3-5299 (MSIV Opening Standard:

Instrument Air Supply Valve).

  • Examinee may be uncertain of the status of POV-3-2606, as no position labels exist for the limit-switch paddle; if examinee checks the position of POV-3-2604 and/or POV-3-2605 for confirmation, indicate that these Evaluator Note: valves are closed (i.e., limit-switch paddles are in up/closed position).
  • Through Step 7 of this JPM, if examinee asks about the presence of steam, state that, Steam appears to be escaping to the atmosphere in the vicinity of the steam-dump-to-atmosphere silencer.
  • When examinee checks, indicate that POV-3-2606 is open (i.e., limit-switch paddle is in down/open position).

Evaluator Cue:

  • When examinee correctly simulates closing 3-5299, tell examinee that T-handle is in perpendicular/closed position.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 3 If POV-3-2606 (MSIV) is open, then at the MSIV Weir Control Panel:

Critical: Yes

  • Open 3-1219 (MSIV Instrument Air Vent Valve)

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM I DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01200027501, Respond to Steam Line Fault of All S/Gs and Isolate the 3C S/G, Rev. 0 JPM Page 9 of 14 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Standard: Open 3-1219 (MSIV Instrument Air Vent Valve).

  • When examinee correctly simulates opening 3-1219, tell examinee that valve handle is in parallel/open position.

Evaluator Cue:

  • If examinee checks, indicate that POV-3-2606 is now closed (i.e., limit-switch paddle is in up/closed position).

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 4 If MOV-3-1402 (MSIV Bypass) is open, then locally close valve.

Critical: No Recognize that MOV-3-1402 (MSIV Bypass) is closed and no action is Standard:

required.

Evaluator Cue: When examinee checks valve, indicate that MOV-3-1402 is closed.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 5 If FCV-3-498 (Feedwater Control Valve) and MOV-3-1409 (Feedwater Critical: No Isolation Valve) are open, then locally close MOV-3-1409.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM I DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01200027501, Respond to Steam Line Fault of All S/Gs and Isolate JPM the 3C S/G, Rev. 0 Page 10 of DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 14 Recognize that FCV-3-498 (Feedwater Control Valve) and/or MOV-3-1409 Standard:

(Feedwater Isolation Valve) are closed and no action is required.

When examinee checks, indicate that FCV-3-498 and MOV-3-1409 are Evaluator Cue:

closed (per stem indicators on valve yokes).

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

If FCV-3-499 (Feedwater Bypass Valve) and POV-3-497 (Feedwater Performance Step: 6 Bypass Isolation Valve) are open, then locally close POV-3-497 by Critical: No rotating manual override device on SV-3-497 to the full clockwise (3 oclock) position.

Recognize that FCV-3-499 (Feedwater Bypass Valve) and/or POV-3-497 Standard:

(Feedwater Bypass Isolation Valve) are closed, and no action is required.

When examinee checks, indicate that FCV-3-499 (per stem indicator) and Evaluator Cue:

POV-3-497 (per colored valvetop open/closed indicator) are closed.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 7 If CV-3-1608 (Steam Dump to Atmosphere Valve) is open, then locally Critical: Yes close 3-10-003 (CV-3-1608 Inlet Isolation Valve).

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM I DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01200027501, Respond to Steam Line Fault of All S/Gs and Isolate JPM the 3C S/G, Rev. 0 Page 11 of DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 14 Recognize that CV-3-1608 (Steam Dump to Atmosphere Valve) is open Standard:

and, therefore, locally close 3-10-003 (CV-3-1608 Inlet Isolation Valve).

If examinee asks about the presence of steam after closing valve 3-10-003, Evaluator Note: state that, Steam no longer appears to be escaping to the atmosphere in the vicinity of the steam-dump-to-atmosphere silencer.

  • When examinee checks CV-3-1608, indicate that valve is open (per stem indicator).

Evaluator Cue:

  • When examinee correctly simulates closing 3-10-003, tell examinee that stem is fully inserted and handwheel motion has stopped.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 8 If CV-3-6275C (Blowdown Control Valve) is open, then locally close Critical: No SGB-3-009 (Blowdown Control Valve Inlet Isolation).

Recognize that CV-3-6275C (Blowdown Control Valve) is closed and no Standard:

action is required.

  • When examinee checks CV-3-6275C, indicate that valve is closed (per Evaluator Cue:

stem indicator).

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Terminating Cues: When the examinee completes Step 8, state This completes the JPM.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

Stop Time:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM I DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01200027501, Respond to Steam Line Fault of All S/Gs and Isolate JPM the 3C S/G, Rev. 0 Page 12 of DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 14 TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM I DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01200027501, Respond to Steam Line Fault of All S/Gs and Isolate JPM the 3C S/G, Rev. 0 Page 13 of DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 14 Examinee: Evaluator:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT Date:

LOIT RO LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS: SAT: UNSAT:

Remediation required: YES NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).

EXAMINER NOTE: ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.

EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:

NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM I DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM Page 14 of 14 TURNOVER SHEET Initial Conditions:

  • Unit 3 is in Mode 3, following a steam line rupture outside of containment.
  • The crew has entered 3-EOP-ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators.
  • Operators in the Control Room have attempted to close the Main Steam Isolation Valves manually, but were unsuccessful, and steam-generator pressures continue to lower.

Initiating Cue:

  • The Unit Supervisor directs you to isolate the 3C Steam Generator, using Attachment 5 (3C S/G Isolation) of 3-EOP-ECA-2.1.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION


~*---........,.----*---*---------------"""!""""'-----

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE PAGE:

6 UNCONTROLLED DEPRESSURIZA TION OF ALL STEAM GENERATORS 46 of 64 PROCEDURE NO.:

3-EOP-ECA-2.1 TURKEY POINT UNIT 3 ATTACHMENT 5 3C S/G Isolation (Page 1 of 1)

1. l.E POV-3-2606, C MSIV is open, THEN, at the associated local MSIV Weir Control Panel:
  • Close 3-5299, MSIV Opening Instrument Air Supply Valve
  • Open 3-1219, MSIV Instrument Air Vent Valve
2. l.E MOV-3-1402, C MSIV Bypass, is open, THEN locally close valve.
3. l.E FCV-3-498, Feedwater Control Valve, AND MOV-3-1409, Feedwater Isolation Valve, are open, THEN locally close MOV-3-1409.

l.E FCV-3-499, Feedwater Bypass Valve, AND POV-3-497, Feedwater Bypass Isolation Valve, is open, THEN locally close POV-3-497 by rotating manual override device on SV-3-497 to the full clockwise (3 O'clock) position.

5. l.E CV-3-1608, Steam Dump to Atmosphere Valve, is open, THEN Locally close 3-10-003.
6. l.E CV-3-6275C is open, THEN locally close SGB-3-009.
7. l.E MOV-3-1425 is open, THEN locally close valve.

In-Plant - JPM J JPM TITLE: Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency Diesel Generator Locally JPM NUMBER: 04023021100 REV. 1-0 TASK NUMBER(S) I 04023021100/

TASK TITLE(S): Start and Synchronize the EOG Locally KIA NUMBERS: APE 056 AA2.14 KIA VALUE: RO 4.4 I SRO 4.6 Justification (FOR KIA VALUES <3.0): N/A TASK APPLICABILITY:

~ RO ~SRO ~ STA 0 Non-Lie ~SRO CERT 0 OTHER: _ _

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING: Simulate/Walkthrough: [U Perform: D EVALUATION LOCATION: In-Plant ~ Control Room: D Simulator: D Other:

Lab: D Time for Completion: 30 Minutes Time Critical: No Alternate Path [NRC]: Yes Alternate Path [INPO]: Yes Date TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant JPM J

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 JPM Page 3 of 22 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.

REVIEW STATEMENTS YES NO N/A

1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
7. If the task is time critical, is the time critical portion based upon actual task performance requirements?
8. Is the job level appropriate for the task being evaluated if required?
9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /

Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?

12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?

TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.

All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.

Protected Content: None TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 JPM Page 4 of 22 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

SUPERVISOR DATE Updated to fleet template; Updated for 2014 N/A N/A 1-0 1982463 text/grammar changes LOIT Annual Exam N/A N/A TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 JPM Page 5 of 22 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION SIMULATOR SET-UP: N/A Required Materials:

  • Flashlight and hearing protection General

References:

  • Demonstrate ability to determine/interpret the operational status of an EDG as it applies to a loss of offsite power
  • Locally start/synchronize the 4A EDG and supply power to the associated 4kV Bus TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 JPM Page 6 of 22 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.

Initial Conditions:

  • Unit 4 is in Mode 3, following a loss of offsite power.
  • The 4A EDG failed to auto-start and provide power to its associated 4kV Bus and attempts to start the EDG from the Control Room were unsuccessful.

Initiating Cue:

  • The Unit Supervisor directs you to locally start and synchronize the 4A EDG, using 4-ONOP-023.2.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 JPM Page 7 of 22 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:

NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).

NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.

Performance Step: 1 Obtain required materials.

Critical: No Standard: Obtain required materials.

Provide examinee with a copy of 4-ONOP-023.2, Emergency Diesel Evaluator Cue:

Generator Failure.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 2 Check 4A EDG is stopped.

Critical: No Standard: Verify 4A EDG is not running.

If asked, indicate to examinee that no noise is emanating from the 4A EDG Evaluator Cue:

and its shaft is not rotating.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 JPM Page 8 of 22 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Performance Step: 3 Place 4A EDGs Master Control switch in LOCAL.

Critical: Yes Standard: Place Master Control switch for the 4A EDG in LOCAL.

Evaluator Note: Master Control switch is on Engine Control Panel 4C13A.

When examinee correctly simulates turning the switch, indicate that switch is Evaluator Cue:

in the LOCAL position.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 4 Check that starting air line pressure is between 193 and 202 psig.

Critical: No Standard: Verify that starting air line pressure is >193 psig and <202 psig.

Evaluator Note: Air-line-pressure indicator is on Engine Control Panel 4C13A.

Evaluator Cue: When examinee checks, indicate that starting air line pressure is 198 psig.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 5 Check control power light is on.

Critical: No TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 JPM Page 9 of 22 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Standard: Check that control power light is illuminated.

Evaluator Note: Control power light is on Engine Control Panel 4C13A.

Evaluator Cue: When examinee checks, indicate that control power light is illuminated.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 6 Check the EDG Day Tank level above the low-level alarm.

Critical: No Standard: Check the EDG Day Tank level above the low-level alarm.

Evaluator Note: Annunciator 10/4 is on Engine Control Panel 4C13A.

  • When examinee checks, indicate that annunciator 10/4 (DAY TANK LEVEL LOW) is illuminated.

Evaluator Cue:

  • If examinee checks, indicate that Day Tank level on LI-4-6266A (Engine Control Panel 4C13A) is 20%.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency JPM Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 Page 10 of DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 22

[RNO] Check the Fuel Oil Transfer Pump as follows:

  • Place Fuel Transfer switch to RUN and verify the red Fuel Performance Step: 7 Transfer light is on.

Critical: Yes

  • If Fuel Oil Transfer Pump is running and Day Tank level is not increasing, then open 4-70-400A to bypass SV-4-3434A.
  • Place Fuel Oil Transfer Pumps switch to RUN and verify associated red light is illuminated and green light is off.

Standard:

  • Check Fuel Oil Transfer Pump is running and Day Tank level is increasing.
  • Fuel Transfer switch/lights and Day Tank level indicator are on Engine Evaluator Note: Control Panel 4C13A.
  • The verification tasks are not critical.
  • When examinee correctly simulates turning the switch to RUN, indicate that red light is on and green light is off.
  • If examinee checks, indicate that Fuel Oil Transfer Pump is running and Evaluator Cue:

Day Tank level is increasing.

  • If examinee checks, indicate that annunciator 10/4 (DAY TANK LEVEL LOW) has cleared.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency JPM Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 Page 11 of DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 22 Check the following EDG local panel alarms are clear:

  • 4/4 (EXHAUST HIGH TEMPERATURE TRIP)

Performance Step: 8

  • 4/5 (COOLING WATER HIGH TEMP TRIP)

Critical: No

  • 5/5 (COOLING WATER LOW PRESSURE TRIP)
  • 6/1 (ENGINE HIGH VIBRATION TRIP)
  • 6/2 (PISTON COOLING OIL LOW PRESSURE TRIP)
  • 6/4 (CRANKCASE HIGH PRESSURE TRIP)

Standard: Verify above local panel alarms are clear.

Evaluator Note: Annunciators are on Engine Control Panel 4C13A.

  • When examinee checks, indicate that above alarms are not illuminated.
  • If examinee asks if any annunciators are illuminated, indicate that Evaluator Cue: annunciators 9/4 (EDG START FAILURE) [addressed in Step 10 below]

and 1/4 (186G LOCKOUT RELAY NOT RESET) [addressed in Step 11 below] are lit.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency JPM Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 Page 12 of DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 22 Check 4A EDG relay status (i.e., no flags):

  • Loss of field relay (140)
  • Voltage balance relay (160)
  • Reverse power relay (132)

Performance Step: 9

  • Overcurrent phase A (151V PH A)

Critical: No

  • Overcurrent phase B (151V PH B)
  • Overcurrent phase C (151V PH C)
  • Differential phase A (187G PH A)
  • Differential phase B (187G PH B)
  • Differential phase C (187G PH C)

Standard: Verify relays are not tripped.

The 140, 160, and 132 relays are on panel 4E04A; the 151V and 187G Evaluator Note:

relays are on Generator Control Panel 4C12A.

When examinee checks, indicate that above relays are not tripped (i.e., no Evaluator Cue:

flags).

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency JPM Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 Page 13 of DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 22 Performance Step: 10 Verify DG panel annunciator 9/4 (EDG START FAILURE) is off.

Critical: Yes Recognize that annunciator 9/4 is illuminated and (per RNO step)

Standard:

depress alarm reset pushbutton.

Evaluator Note: Annunciator 9/4 is on Engine Control Panel 4C13A.

  • When examinee checks, indicate that annunciator 9/4 is illuminated.

Evaluator Cue:

  • When examinee correctly simulates depressing reset pushbutton, indicate that annunciator 9/4 is cleared.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency JPM Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 Page 14 of DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 22 Performance Step: 11 Verify EDG lockout relay is reset.

Critical: Yes Recognize that EDG lockout relay is not reset and (per RNO step) reset Standard:

relay.

Evaluator Note: Lockout relay (186G) is on Generator Control Panel 4C12A.

  • When examinee initially checks, indicate that lockout-relay handle is in the 45-degree position to the left (i.e., not reset), an orange semaphore is displayed in the relay window, and the associated blue light is flashing.
  • If examinee initially checks, indicate that annunciator 1/4 (186G LOCKOUT RELAY NOT RESET) on Engine Control Panel 4C13B is illuminated.

Evaluator Cue:

  • When examinee correctly simulates rotating the lockout-relay handle in the clockwise direction, indicate that the handle is in the vertical position (i.e., reset), a black semaphore is displayed in the relay window, and the associated blue light is illuminated (i.e., not flashing).
  • If examinee subsequently checks, indicate that annunciator 1/4 (186G LOCKOUT RELAY NOT RESET) on Engine Control Panel 4C13A is off.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency JPM Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 Page 15 of DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 22 Performance Step: 12 Check that the 4A EDG auto-started.

Critical: No Recognize that EDG did not auto-start and proceed to RNO/following Standard:

procedural step.

When examinee checks, indicate that no noise is emanating from the 4A Evaluator Cue:

EDG and the tachometer (on Engine Control Panel 4C13A) indicates 0 rpm.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Locally start the 4A EDG:

Performance Step: 13

  • Push the 4A EDGs engine emergency-start pushbutton Critical: Yes
  • Verify 4A EDG is running Push the 4A EDGs engine emergency-start pushbutton and recognize that Standard:

the EDG has started.

  • The emergency-start pushbutton is on Engine Control Panel 4C13A.

Evaluator Note:

  • The verification step is not critical.

When examinee correctly simulates depressing reset pushbutton, indicate that pushbutton has been depressed, noise begins emanating from the 4A Evaluator Cue:

EDG, and the tachometer (on Engine Control Panel 4C13A) shows rising speed.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency JPM Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 Page 16 of DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 22 Performance Step: 14 Locally start the 4A EDG:

Critical: No

  • Verify 4A EDG output breaker automatically closes Verify that the 4A EDG output breaker has not automatically closed and Standard:

proceed to RNO/following procedural step.

Evaluator Note: The output breaker switch/lights are on Generator Control Panel 4C12A.

When examinee checks, indicate that output breakers green light is lit and Evaluator Cue:

its red light is off.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Check the 4A EGD:

Performance Step: 15 Critical: Yes

  • On Generator Control Panel, verify generator frequency is between 59.4 and 60.6 Hz Recognize that generator frequency is not between 59.4 Hz and 60.6 Hz Standard: and (per RNO step) adjust Governor Control switch to bring frequency within band.

The Governor Control switch and frequency indicator are on Generator Evaluator Note:

Control Panel 4C12A.

  • When examinee initially checks, indicate that generator frequency is 58.7 Hz (i.e., too low).

Evaluator Cue:

  • When examinee correctly simulates rotating Governor Control switch clockwise (i.e., in the RAISE direction) and re-checks generator frequency, indicate that generator frequency increased to 59.9 Hz.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency JPM Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 Page 17 of DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 22 Performance Step: 16 Check the 4A EGD:

Critical: No

  • Verify generator voltage is between 3950 and 4350 volts Standard: Verify generator voltage is >3950 volts and <4350 volts.

Evaluator Note: The voltage indicator is on Generator Control Panel 4C12A.

When examinee checks, indicate that generator voltage is 4180 volts (i.e.,

Evaluator Cue:

satisfactory).

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 17 Notify RO that the 4A EDG is available to power its associated bus and Critical: No obtain permission to locally energize the bus with the 4A EDG.

Notify RO and obtain permission to use the 4A EDG to power its Standard:

associated bus.

  • Examinee may use any form of communication.

Evaluator Cue:

  • When examinee contacts RO, acknowledge the communication and state that, Permission is granted to use the 4A EDG to power its associated bus.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency JPM Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 Page 18 of DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 22 Performance Step: 18 Locally energize the 4A 4kV Bus:

Critical: No

  • Check 4A EDGs Master Control switch is in the LOCAL position Standard: Check Master Control switch for the 4A EDG in LOCAL.

Evaluator Note: Master Control switch is on Engine Control Panel 4C13A.

When examinee checks, indicate that Master Control switch for the 4A EDG Evaluator Cue:

is in LOCAL.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 19 Locally energize the 4A 4kV Bus:

Critical: Yes

  • Place synchronizing switch for 4A EDG output breaker to ON Acquire handle and place synchronizing switch for 4A EDG output breaker Standard:

to ON.

  • Synchronizing switch for 4A EDG output breaker is on Generator Control Panel 4C12A.

Evaluator Note:

  • Removable handle is normally located at Rapid Start/Auto Start Bypass position on Engine Control Panel 4C13A.

When examinee simulates retrieving handle and correctly simulates rotating Evaluator Cue:

synchronizing switch clockwise, indicate that switch is in the ON position.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency JPM Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 Page 19 of DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 22 Locally energize the 4A 4kV Bus:

Performance Step: 20

  • Have the RO verify all breakers on the associated 4kV Bus are Critical: No open Standard: Have RO verify all breakers on associated 4kV Bus are open.
  • Examinee may use any form of communication.

Evaluator Cue:

  • When examinee contacts RO, state that, All beakers on the 4A 4kV bus are open.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 21 Locally energize the 4A 4kV Bus:

Critical: Yes

  • At EDG electrical control panel, close the output breaker Standard: Close the EDG output breaker at the electrical control panel.

Evaluator Note: The output breaker switch/lights are on Generator Control Panel 4C12A.

If examinee checks, indicate that output breakers green light is off and its Evaluator Cue:

red light is lit.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency JPM Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 Page 20 of DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 22 Performance Step: 22 Locally energize the 4A 4kV Bus:

Critical: No

  • Place synchronizing switch to OFF Standard: Place synchronizing switch for 4A EDG output breaker to OFF.

Synchronizing switch for 4A EDG output breaker is on Generator Control Evaluator Note:

Panel 4C12A.

When examinee correctly simulates rotating synchronizing switch Evaluator Cue:

counterclockwise, indicate that switch is in the OFF position.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Terminating Cues: When the examinee completes Step 22, state This completes the JPM.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

Stop Time:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

04023021100, Start, Synchronize, and Load the 4A Emergency JPM Diesel Generator Locally, Rev. 1 Page 21 of DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION 22 Examinee: Evaluator:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT Date:

LOIT RO LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS: SAT: UNSAT:

Remediation required: YES NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).

EXAMINER NOTE: ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.

EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:

NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM J DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM Page 22 of 22 TURNOVER SHEET Initial Conditions:

  • Unit 4 is in Mode 3, following a loss of offsite power.
  • The 4A EDG failed to auto-start and provide power to its associated 4kV Bus and attempts to start the EDG from the Control Room were unsuccessful.

Initiating Cue:

  • The Unit Supervisor directs you to locally start and synchronize the 4A EDG, using 4-ONOP-023.2.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

Florida Power & Light Company Turkey Point Nuclear Plant Unit 4 4-ONOP-023.2

Title:

Emergency Diesel Generator Failure (Continuous Use)

Safety Related Procedure Responsible Department: Operations Revision Number: 3 Issue Date: 8/28/14 Revision Approval Date: 8/21/14 PCRs 08-5550, 563983, 1641035, 1747326, 1983946, 1928049 PC/Ms87-263, 87-264,04-036 EC 247008 W2010:/JEE/cls/fm/cls

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

2 Approval Date:

4-ONOP-023.2 Emergency Diesel Generator Failure 8/21/14 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Rev. 3)

Revision Page Date 1 08/21/14 2 08/21/14 3 08/22/05 4 08/22/05 5 08/28/12 6 08/22/05 7 08/22/05 8 08/22/05 9 08/22/05 10 12/22/10 11 08/22/05 12 08/28/12 13 08/21/14 14 08/21/14 W2010:/JEE/cls/fm/cls

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

3 Approval Date:

4-ONOP-023.2 Emergency Diesel Generator Failure 8/22/05 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for local operator action in the event an emergency diesel generator fails to energize its associated 4KV buses when required.

2.0 SYMPTOMS 2.1 Loss of voltage on the 4A or 4B 4KV bus 2.2 Annunciator F 8/2 - EDG A TROUBLE alarmed 2.3 Annunciator F 8/3 - EDG A BKR OVERCURRENT TRIP alarmed 2.4 Annunciator F 8/5 - EDG A MASTER CONTROL SW OFF-NORMAL alarmed 2.5 Annunciator F 9/2 - EDG B TROUBLE alarmed 2.6 Annunciator F 9/3 - EDG B BKR OVERCURRENT TRIP alarmed 2.7 Annunciator F 9/5 - EDG B MASTER CONTROL SW OFF-NORMAL alarmed 2.8 Diesel generator Ready To Start red light - OFF W2010:/JEE/cls/fm/cls

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

4 Approval Date:

4-ONOP-023.2 Emergency Diesel Generator Failure 8/22/05

3.0 REFERENCES

/RECORDS REQUIRED/ COMMITMENT DOCUMENTS 3.1 References 3.1.1 Technical specifications

1. Section 3/4.8.1, A.C. Sources 3.1.2 FSAR
1. Section 8, Electrical
2. Section 9.15, Emergency Diesel Generator Auxiliaries 3.1.3 Plant Drawings
1. 5614-M-3022, Sheet 1, Emergency Diesel Engine and Oil System EDG 4A Air Starting System
2. 5614-M-3022, Sheet 2, Emergency Diesel Engine and Oil System EDG 4B Air Starting System
3. 5614-M-3022, Sheet 3, Emergency Diesel Engine and Oil System EDG 4A Fuel System
4. 5614-M-3022, Sheet 4, Emergency Diesel Engine and Oil System EDG 4B Fuel System
5. 5614-M-3022, Sheet 5, Emergency Diesel Engine and Oil System DG 4A Lo and Cooling Water
6. 5614-M-3022, Sheet 6, Emergency Diesel Engine and Oil System DG 4A Lo and Cooling Water
7. 5610-E-855, Breaker List
8. 5614-T-L1, Sheet 9A1 - EDG Start
9. 5614-T-L1, Sheet 9A2 - EDG Engine Start
10. 5614-T-L1, Sheet 9A3 - Diesel Gen Governor and Voltage Regulator Control Logic
11. 5614-T-L1, Sheet 9A4 - Diesel Engine and Generator Stop and Lockout Logic
12. 5614-T-L1, Sheet 9A5 - Diesel Gen Breaker and Fuel Oil Pump Control
13. 5614-T-L1, Sheet 9A6 - Diesel Engine and Generator Annunciation and Indication Logic
14. 5614-T-L1, Sheet 9A7 - Diesel Engine Generator Annunciation and Indication Logic 2
15. 5610-T-L1, Sheet 12A - Sequencer W2010:/JEE/cls/fm/cls

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

5 Approval Date:

4-ONOP-023.2 Emergency Diesel Generator Failure 8/28/12 3.1.3 (Cont'd)

16. 5610-T-L1, Sheet 12B - Sequencer
17. 5614-T-L1, Sheet 13 - Bus 4A Loss of Voltage and Bus Stripping
18. 5614-T-L1, Sheet 13A - Bus 4B Loss of Voltage and Bus Stripping 3.1.4 Quality Instructions/Plant Procedures
1. 3/4-EOP-ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power
2. 0-ONOP-105, Control Room Evacuation
3. 4-ONOP-004.2, Loss of 4A 4KV Bus
4. 4-ONOP-004.3, Loss of 4B 4KV Bus
5. 4-OP-022, Emergency Diesel Generator Fuel Oil System
6. 4-OP-023, Emergency Diesel Generator 3.1.5 Miscellaneous Documents (i.e., PC/M, Correspondence)
1. JPN-PTP-90-0485, Turkey Point Units 3 and 4 Emergency Diesel Generator Voltage Tolerance IS MOD
2. PC/M 87-263, New EDGs Installation
3. PC/M 87-264, EDG 3B/4B, EDG 3A/4A and New EDG Building Tie-Ins
4. CR 2006-21890, Revise EDG Voltage and Frequency Limits
5. EC 247008 3.2 Records Required 3.2.1 The date and time completed shall be entered in the Unit Narrative Log. Also, problems encountered while performing the procedure should be entered; i.e.,

malfunctioning equipment delays due to changes in plant conditions, etc.

3.3 Commitment Documents 3.3.1 None W2010:/JEE/cls/fm/cls

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

6 Approval Date:

4-ONOP-023.2 Emergency Diesel Generator Failure 8/22/05 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED CAUTIONS If either 4KV bus is deenergized, the Normal / Isolate switches for the affected EDG 4KV bus breaker is placed in Isolate to reset the anti-pumping relays. The affected EDG breaker may auto-close when the switch is returned to Normal.

NOTES Affected refers to the diesel generator which is being started.

Unless otherwise noted all controls and indications are located on the affected emergency diesel engine electrical control panel.

1 Check Affected Emergency Diesel Generator a. Locally verify all breakers on affected

- STOPPED 4KV buses - OPEN

b. Perform the following at the affected EDG breaker, 4AA20, 4AB21:
1) Place Normal/Isolate switch in ISOLATE
2) Place Normal/Isolate switch in NORMAL
c. Go to Step 12.

W2010:/JEE/cls/fm/cls

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

7 Approval Date:

4-ONOP-023.2 Emergency Diesel Generator Failure 8/22/05 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 2 Place Affected Emergency Diesel Generator Master Control Switch In LOCAL 3 Check That The Starting Air Line Pressure Perform the following:

Is Between 193 And 202 psig

a. Check for an air leak in:
1) Starting air lines
2) Air Receiver Tanks
b. IF an air leak is found, THEN isolate the leak as necessary.
c. Verify the electric air compressor is running.
1) IF the air compressor will NOT run in AUTO, THEN place the air compressor switch to RUN.
2) IF the air compressor does NOT start, THEN start the diesel air compressor using 4-OP-023, EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR.
d. IF Air Receiver Tank pressure is between 193 and 202 psig AND the Engine Start Air Press-Left or Right indicates less than 183 psig, THEN verify the EDG Air Start System valve alignment using 4-OP-023, EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR.

W2010:/JEE/cls/fm/cls

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

8 Approval Date:

4-ONOP-023.2 Emergency Diesel Generator Failure 8/22/05 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 4 Check Control Power Light-ON

a. Request RO to verify affected Emergency Diesel Generator Flashing and Control Power Breaker ON:

4D23A-28 for 4A EDG 4D01-47 for 4B EDG

b. Verify the local distribution panel breaker is ON:

4D35-06 for 4A EDG 4D36-06 for 4B EDG 5 Check The EDG Day Tank Level ABOVE a. Check the Fuel Oil Transfer Pump as THE LOW LEVEL ALARM follows:

1) Place Fuel Transfer switch to RUN AND verify the red Fuel Transfer light is ON.
2) IF the red Fuel Transfer light is OFF, THEN verify closed breaker 45112 (45212), DG 4A (B) Fuel Oil Transfer Pump.
3) IF the Fuel Oil Transfer Pump will NOT start, THEN transfer fuel to the Day Tank by cross-tying EDG Fuel Oil Systems using 4-OP-022, EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR FUEL OIL SYSTEM.
b. IF the Fuel Oil Transfer Pump is running and Day Tank level is NOT increasing, THEN open 4-70-400A(B) to bypass SV4-3434A(B).
c. IF the Day Tank level is still NOT increasing, THEN verify the Fuel Oil System valve alignment using 4OP022, EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR FUEL OIL SYSTEM.

W2010:/JEE/cls/fm/cls

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

9 Approval Date:

4-ONOP-023.2 Emergency Diesel Generator Failure 8/22/05 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 6 Check The Following EDG Local Panel Perform the following:

Alarms

a. Correct cause of abnormal indication.

3/2, ENGINE OVERSPEED TRIP - CLEAR

1) IF the cause is an overspeed trip, 4/2, LUBE OIL HIGH TEMPERATURE THEN relatch the overspeed trip TRIP - CLEAR lever AND pull the lever a second time to ensure full engagement.

4/4, EXHAUST HIGH TEMPERATURE TRIP - CLEAR b. IF cause can NOT be identified or corrected, THEN perform the following:

4/5, COOLING WATER HIGH TEMP TRIP -

CLEAR 1) IF the Unit Supervisor grants permission to continue starting the 5/2, MAIN MANIFOLD LUBE OIL LOW affected generator, THEN go to PRESSURE TRIP - CLEAR Step 7.

5/5, COOLING WATER LOW PRESSURE 2) IF local start of second emergency TRIP - CLEAR diesel generator is required, THEN return to Step 1.

6/1, ENGINE HIGH VIBRATION TRIP -

3) IF the Unit Supervisor does NOT CLEAR grant permission to continue starting the affected diesel generator, THEN 6/2, PISTON COOLING OIL LOW return to procedure and step in PRESSURE TRIP - CLEAR effect.

6/4, CRANKCASE HIGH PRESSURE TRIP

- CLEAR W2010:/JEE/cls/fm/cls

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

10 Approval Date:

4-ONOP-023.2 Emergency Diesel Generator Failure 12/22/10 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 7 Check Affected Diesel Generator Relay Status Loss of Field Relay (140) - NO FLAG Perform the following:

Voltage Balance Relay (160) - NO FLAG a. Report relay flag status to the RO.

Reverse Power Relay (132) - NO FLAG b. Notify the RO that assistance is required to repair affected diesel generator.

Overcurrent phase A (151V PH A) - NO FLAG c. IF local start of second emergency diesel generator is required, THEN Overcurrent phase B (151V PH B) - NO return to Step 1.

FLAG

d. IF local start of second emergency Overcurrent phase C (151V PH C)- NO diesel generator is NOT required, THEN FLAG return to procedure and step in effect.

Differential phase A (187G PH A) - NO FLAG Differential phase B (187G PH B) - NO FLAG Differential phase C (187G PH C) - NO FLAG 8 Verify DG panel Annunciator 9/4, EDG Start Push alarm reset pushbutton.

Failure - OFF CAUTION The affected EDG may Auto-start when the Lockout Relay is reset.

9 Verify Diesel Generator Lockout Relay - Perform the following:

RESET

a. Reset Diesel Generator Lockout Relay.

W2010:/JEE/cls/fm/cls

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

11 Approval Date:

4-ONOP-023.2 Emergency Diesel Generator Failure 8/22/05 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED CAUTION When the affected Diesel Generator attains voltage and frequency, the EDG output breaker will automatically close and required emergency loads will automatically sequence onto the bus if the sequencer associated with the 4KV Bus is operable.

10 Check Affected Diesel Generator - AUTO STARTED

a. Affected Diesel Generator - RUNNING a. Go to Step 11.
b. Affected EDG output breaker automatically b. Go to Step 12.

closed

c. Required emergency loads automatically c. Observe caution prior to Step 16 and go sequence onto the Bus to Step 16.
d. Observe caution prior to Step 16 and go to Step 16 11 Locally Start Affected Diesel Generator
a. Push affected Diesel Generator Engine EMERGENCY START pushbutton
b. Verify affected Diesel Generator - b. Perform the following:

RUNNING

1) Notify RO that affected diesel generator will not start.
2) Continue attempts to start diesel generator(s) as directed by RO.
3) Return to Step 1.
c. Verify EDG output breaker automatically c. Go to Step 12.

closes

d. Verify required emergency loads automatically sequence onto the Bus
e. Observe caution prior to Step 16 and go to Step 16 W2010:/JEE/cls/fm/cls

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

12 Approval Date:

4-ONOP-023.2 Emergency Diesel Generator Failure 8/28/12 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 12 Check Affected Diesel Generator

a. On Generator Control Panel, verify affected a. Adjust Governor Control Switch.

diesel generator frequency - BETWEEN 59.4 AND 60.6 HZ

b. Verify affected diesel generator voltage - b. Adjust Voltage Control Switch.

BETWEEN 3950 AND 4350 VOLTS 13 Notify RO That Affected Diesel Generator Is Available To Power Its Associated Bus 14 Obtain Permission From RO To Locally Perform the following:

Energize 4KV Bus Associated With Running Diesel Generator a. IF 4KV bus will be energized from Control Room, THEN place affected diesel generator Local/Normal Selector Switch to NORMAL.

b. IF 4KV bus can NOT be energized from Control Room, THEN go to Step 15.
c. IF local start of second emergency diesel generator is required, THEN return to Step 1.
d. WHEN Unit 4 4KV buses have been energized from Control Room, THEN return to procedure and step in effect.

W2010:/JEE/cls/fm/cls

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

13 Approval Date:

4-ONOP-023.2 Emergency Diesel Generator Failure 8/21/14 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 15 Locally Energize Desired 4KV Bus

a. Check affected diesel generator Master a. Place affected diesel generator Master Control switch in LOCAL Control Switch in LOCAL.
b. Place synchronizing switch for diesel output breaker to be closed to ON
c. Have the RO verify all breakers on associated 4KV bus - OPEN
d. At EDG Electrical Control Panel, CLOSE d. Emergency STOP affected EDG.

diesel generator output breaker

e. Place appropriate synchronizing switch to OFF AND remove handle
f. Check diesel generator output breaker status - CLOSED W2010:/JEE/cls/fm/cls

Procedure No.: Procedure

Title:

Page:

14 Approval Date:

4-ONOP-023.2 Emergency Diesel Generator Failure 8/21/14 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED CAUTIONS Operating the isolation switches with the EDG loaded, will trip the EDG.

Steady state loading on each Unit 4 EDG shall not exceed 2874 KW. Load transients up to 3162 KW are acceptable when starting additional equipment.

16 Maintain Running Diesel Generator(s)

a. Verify voltage - BETWEEN 3950 AND 4350 a. Adjust Voltage Adjust Control Switch.

- VOLTS

b. Verify frequency - BETWEEN 59.4 AND b. Adjust Governor Control Switch.

60.6HZ

c. Verify load - LESS THAN 2874 KW c. Notify RO to shed non-essential loads.
d. Operate diesel generator controls as directed by the RO 17 Obtain Permission To Transfer Affected Perform the following:

Emergency Diesel Generator Operation To Control Room a. IF Control Room has been evacuated, THEN return to 0-ONOP-105, CONTROL ROOM EVACUATION.

b. Return to Step 16.

18 Place Affected Emergency Diesel Generator Master Control Switch In NORMAL 19 Check Unit 4 Emergency Diesel Generators - IF local start of second emergency diesel BOTH RUNNING generator is required, THEN return to Step 1.

20 Return To Procedure And Step In Effect END OF TEXT FINAL PAGE W2010:/JEE/cls/fm/cls

In-Plant - JPM K JPM TiTLE: Perform Gaseous Waste Release JPM NUMBER: 24061006101 REV. 1-0 TASK NUMBER(S) I 24061 006100/

TASK TJTLE(S): Perform Gaseous Waste Release KIA NUMBERS: 071 A4.26 KIA VALUE: RO 3.1 I SRO 3.9 Justification (FOR KIA VALUES <3.0): N/A TASK APPLICABILITY:

IX] RO IX] SRO IX] STA 0 Non-Uc IX] SRO CERT 0 OTHER: _ _

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING: Simulate/Walkthrough: [U Perform: D EVALUATION LOCATION: In-Plant: ~ Control Room:

Simulator: D Other:

Lab: D Time for Completion: 15 Minutes Time Critical: No Alternate Path [NRC]: No Alternate Path [INPO]: No Date Training Program Owner Date TR-AA-230-*1003-FI 0, Revision L-1

24061006101, Perform Gaseous Waste Release, Rev. 1 JPM DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 3 of 14 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST ALL STEPS IN THIS CHECKLIST ARE TO BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO USE.

REVIEW STATEMENTS YES NO N/A

1. Are all items on the signature page filled in correctly?
2. Has the JPM been reviewed and validated by SMEs?
3. Can the required conditions for the JPM be appropriately established in the simulator if required?
4. Do the performance steps accurately reflect trainees actions in accordance with plant procedures?
5. Is the standard for each performance item specific as to what controls, indications and ranges are required to evaluate if the trainee properly performed the step?
6. Has the completion time been established based on validation data or incumbent experience?
7. If the task is time critical, is the time critical portion based upon actual task performance requirements?
8. Is the job level appropriate for the task being evaluated if required?
9. Is the K/A appropriate to the task and to the licensee level if required?
10. Is justification provided for tasks with K/A values less than 3.0?
11. Have the performance steps been identified and classified (Critical /

Sequence / Time Critical) appropriately?

12. Have all special tools and equipment needed to perform the task been identified and made available to the trainee?
13. Are all references identified, current, accurate, and available to the trainee?
14. Have all required cues (as anticipated) been identified for the evaluator to assist task completion?
15. Are all critical steps supported by procedural guidance? (e.g., if licensing, EP or other groups were needed to determine correct actions, then the answer should be NO.)
16. If the JPM is to be administered to an LOIT student, has the required knowledge been taught to the individual prior to administering the JPM?

TPE does not have to be completed, but the JPM evaluation may not be valid if they have not been taught the required knowledge.

All questions/statements must be answered YES or N/A or the JPM is not valid for use. If all questions/statements are answered YES or N/A, then the JPM is considered valid and can be performed as written. The individual(s) performing the initial validation shall sign and date the cover sheet.

Protected Content: None TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM K

DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

24061006101, Perform Gaseous Waste Release, Rev. 1 JPM DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 4 of 14 UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE AR/TWR#

SUPERVISOR DATE Updated to fleet template; Updated for 2014 N/A N/A 1-0 1982463 text/grammar changes LOIT Annual Exam N/A N/A TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM K

DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

24061006101, Perform Gaseous Waste Release, Rev. 1 JPM DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 5 of 14 SIMULATOR SET-UP: N/A Required Materials:

  • 0-NCOP-004 Preparation of Gas Release Permits - marked-up copy
  • 0-NOP-061.14B, Waste Gas Disposal System Controlled Release of Gas Decay Tank B - marked-up copy General

References:

  • 0-NCOP-004, Preparation of Gas Release Permits
  • 0-NOP-061.14B, Waste Gas Disposal System Controlled Release of Gas Decay Tank B Task Standards:
  • Demonstrate ability to manually perform/monitor an authorized waste gas release, conducted in compliance with a radioactive gas discharge permit, from the control room
  • Initiate a release from Gas Decay Tank B and, when it is discovered that the pressure in Gas Decay Tank C begins lowering simultaneously, secure the release by reducing the RCV-014 (GDT to Plant Vent valve) hand loader setting to 0%

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM K

DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

24061006101, Perform Gaseous Waste Release, Rev. 1 JPM DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 6 of 14 I will explain the initial conditions, which step(s) to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

DURING THE JPM, ENSURE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, FME, AND/OR RADIOLOGICAL CONCERNS AS APPLICABLE ARE FOLLOWED.

Initial Conditions:

  • Units 3 and 4 are at 100% steady-state power.
  • A release permit is approved to discharge Gas Decay Tank B and the Shift Manager has provided authorization to perform the release, in accordance with 0-NOP-061.14B, Waste Gas Disposal System Controlled Release of Gas Decay Tank B.
  • The Auxiliary Building ventilation system is aligned as follows:

o Supply fans A and B are running.

o Exhaust fan A is running; exhaust fan B is in standby.

  • Wind speed, wind direction, and meteorological T (delta T) remain stable at 8.4 mph, 430 degrees, and 0.4, respectively, throughout the release.
  • Attachment 1 (Controlled Release from Gas Decay Tank B) of 0-NOP-061.14B is complete through Step 7.

Initiating Cue:

  • The Unit Supervisor directs you to perform the Auxiliary Building actions for a controlled release from Gas Decay Tank B, in accordance with 0-NOP-061.14B, beginning with Step 8 of Attachment 1.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM K

DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

24061006101, Perform Gaseous Waste Release, Rev. 1 JPM DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 7 of 14 JPM PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time:

NOTE: When providing Evaluator Cues to the examinee, care must be exercised to avoid prompting the examinee. Typically cues are only provided when the examinees actions warrant receiving the information (i.e., the examinee looks or asks for the indication).

NOTE: Critical steps are marked with a Y below the performance step number. Failure to meet the standard for any critical step shall result in failure of this JPM.

Performance Step: 1 Obtain required materials.

Critical: No Obtain copies of 0-NOP-061.14B and 0-NCOP-004, Attachment 1 (Gas Standard:

Decay Tank Release Permit).

Provide examinee with marked-up copies of 0-NOP-061.14B and 0-NCOP-Evaluator Cue:

004, Attachment 1.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 2 Notify RCO to initiate gas release monitoring specified in Section 4.2.2, Critical: No Step 4.

Standard: Notify RCO to initiate gas release monitoring.

When examinee contacts Control Room, state that, The Unit 3 RO will Evaluator Cue:

monitor the release using R-14, Plant Vent Stack Monitor.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM K

DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

24061006101, Perform Gaseous Waste Release, Rev. 1 JPM DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 8 of 14 Initiate release as follows:

Performance Step: 3

  • Slowly raise/increase RCV-014 hand loader setting to the Critical: Yes maximum allowed setting per Part II of the Gas Decay Tank Release Permit.

Rotate the RCV-014 hand loader control clockwise, until a setting of Standard: 100% is attained; record start-time setting on Part IV of Gas Decay Tank Release Permit.

During validation of this JPM, a work-order tag for the red light associated with RCV-014 was present at the panel; if this tag is still in place, direct Evaluator Note:

examinee to ignore it and presume red light is operating as designed/

simulated.

  • If requested, acknowledge that examinee would have peer check.

Evaluator Cue:

  • When examinee correctly simulates rotating loader control, tell examinee that loader setting is 100%, green light is off, and red light is lit.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM K

DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

24061006101, Perform Gaseous Waste Release, Rev. 1 JPM DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 9 of 14 When release flow rate is established, then record start-release data Performance Step: 4 on Part IV of Gas Decay Tank Release Permit and Table 2 (0-NOP-Critical: Yes 061.14B).

  • Record the following on Gas Decay Tank Release Permit, Attachment 1:

o Monitor reading (from Control Room) = 400 cpm o Plant Vent flow (from Control Room) = 61,000 scfm

  • Record the following on Table 2 [T - 0 (Start)]:

o GDT A/1 (PI-1036) = 69 psig Standard:

o GDT B/2 (PI-1037) = 92 psig o GDT C/3 (PI-1038) = 93 psig o GDT D/4 (PI-1039) = 16 psig o GDT E/5 (PI-1052) = 8 psig o GDT F/6 (PI-1053) = 90 psig

  • When examinee contacts Control Room, provide the following:

o Monitor reading is 400 cpm o Plant Vent flow is 61,000 scfm

  • When examinee locates the Gas Decay Tank pressure gauges on the Waste Boron Panel, provide the following:

Evaluator Cue: o GDT A/1 (PI-1036) is 69 psig o GDT B/2 (PI-1037) is 92 psig o GDT C/3 (PI-1038) is 93 psig o GDT D/4 (PI-1039) is 16 psig o GDT E/5 (PI-1052) is 8 psig o GDT F/6 (PI-1053) is 90 psig Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM K

DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

24061006101, Perform Gaseous Waste Release, Rev. 1 JPM DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 10 of 14 Record the following every 15 minutes during release until Gas Decay Performance Step: 5 Tank B pressure lowers to between 6 and 8 psig:

Critical: Yes

  • Required release data on Part IV of Release Permit
  • All Gas Decay Tank pressures on Table 2 TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM K

DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

24061006101, Perform Gaseous Waste Release, Rev. 1 JPM DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 11 of 14 Record the following on Gas Decay Tank Release Permit, Attachment 1:

  • Wind speed, wind direction, and meteorological T
  • Monitor reading (from Control Room) = 400 cpm
  • Plant Vent flow (from Control Room) = 61,000 scfm
  • RCV-014 hand loader setting = 100%
  • GDT B/2 (PI-1037) = 55 psig Standard: Record the following on Table 2 (T + 15):
  • GDT A/1 (PI-1036) = 69 psig
  • GDT B/2 (PI-1037) = 55 psig
  • GDT C/3 (PI-1038) = 55 psig
  • GDT D/4 (PI-1039) = 16 psig
  • GDT E/5 (PI-1052) = 8 psig
  • GDT F/6 (PI-1053) = 90 psig Indicate to examinee, For the purposes of this JPM, time compression Evaluator Note:

will be used. The time is now T + 15 minutes.

  • Wind speed, wind direction, and meteorological T are provided in the Initial Conditions
  • When examinee contacts Control Room, provide the following:

o Monitor reading is 400 cpm o Plant Vent flow is 61,000 scfm

  • When examinee locates the Gas Decay Tank pressure gauges on the Evaluator Cue: Waste Boron Panel, provide the following:

o GDT A/1 (PI-1036) is 69 psig o GDT B/2 (PI-1037) is 55 psig o GDT C/3 (PI-1038) is 55 psig o GDT D/4 (PI-1039) is 16 psig o GDT E/5 (PI-1052) is 8 psig o GDT F/6 (PI-1053) is 90 psig Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Performance Step: 6 Lower RCV-014 hand loader setting to 0% and ensure RCV-014 is Critical: Yes closed.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM K

DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

24061006101, Perform Gaseous Waste Release, Rev. 1 JPM DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 12 of 14 Standard: Lower RCV-014 hand loader setting to 0% and ensure RCV-014 is closed.

This step may be performed by the examinee at any time following the Evaluator Note: recognition in Step 5 (above) that the pressure in Gas Decay Tank C is lowering unexpectedly.

When examinee correctly simulates rotating loader control counter-Evaluator Cue: clockwise, tell examinee that loader setting is 0%, green light is lit, and red light is off.

Performance: SATISFACTORY _______ UNSATISFACTORY Comments:

Terminating Cues: When the examinee completes Step 6, state This completes the JPM.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

Stop Time:

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM K

DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

01061006101, Perform Gaseous Waste Release, Rev. 1 JPM DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION Page 13 of 14 Examinee: Evaluator:

RO SRO STA Non-Lic SRO CERT Date:

LOIT RO LOIT SRO PERFORMANCE RESULTS: SAT: UNSAT:

Remediation required: YES NO COMMENTS/FEEDBACK: (Comments shall be made for any steps graded unsatisfactory).

EXAMINER NOTE: ENSURE ALL EXAM MATERIAL IS COLLECTED AND PROCEDURES CLEANED, AS APPROPRIATE.

EVALUATORS SIGNATURE:

NOTE: Only this page needs to be retained in examinees record if completed satisfactorily. If unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated, the entire JPM should be retained.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 L-15-1 NRC In-Plant - JPM K

DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION JPM Page 14 of 14 TURNOVER SHEET Initial Conditions:

  • Units 3 and 4 are at 100% steady-state power.
  • A release permit is approved to discharge Gas Decay Tank B and the Shift Manager has provided authorization to perform the release, in accordance with 0-NOP-061.14B, Waste Gas Disposal System Controlled Release of Gas Decay Tank B.
  • The Auxiliary Building ventilation system is aligned as follows:

o Supply fans A and B are running.

o Exhaust fan A is running; exhaust fan B is in standby.

  • Wind speed, wind direction, and meteorological T (delta T) remain stable at 8.4 mph, 430 degrees, and 0.4, respectively, throughout the release.
  • Attachment 1 (Controlled Release from Gas Decay Tank B) of 0-NOP-061.14B is complete through Step 7.

Initiating Cue:

  • The Unit Supervisor directs you to perform the Auxiliary Building actions for a controlled release from Gas Decay Tank B, in accordance with 0-NOP-061.14B, beginning with Step 8 of Attachment 1.

NOTE: Ensure the turnover sheet that was given to the examinee is returned to the evaluator.

TR-AA-230-1003-F10, Revision 2 DRAFT - NRC L-15-1 EXAM SECURE INFORMATION

  • 1;;o

- *I Page:

..L .._,..,._~ ... ~ ... ~

Procedure

Title:

27

-rr ~*~ate:

O-NCOP-004 Preparation of Gas Release Permits 10/31/10 ATTACHMENT 1 (Page 1 of 1)

GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE PERMIT FLORIDA POWER AND LIGHT COMPANY Gas Release No.

TURKEY POINT PLANT GRP- ZOIX - 03£ GAS DECAY TANK RADIOACTIVE GAS RELEASE PERNilT Date:

(Ref: O-OP-061.14) fodtA-Y Gas Decay Tank: B I Approx. Act. to be Released l * ~ 17 1: Ci PART I: Pre-release Data R-14 PV SPING Noble Gas Activity /. 04 E. - .b µCi/cc Background, cpm 2. 144 E'2 µCi/cc N/A Expected response cpm '2. \ 1-S i;:-- "Z--- µCi/cc N/A Administrative Limit 300,000 cpm 1.0 E-2 µCi/cc Sample Date/Time -hM"f, I/ 3 nO\.tvs~~o ~

Count Date/Time ivdt1y If '2.. how,,n -v AAo Count time shall be within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> of sample time Special Instructions N/A PART II: Limits R-14 Alarm Setpoint = 3.bk cpm (NIA ifR-14 is OOS)

Tank Release Rate Limit RCV-014 Loader Setting = I 00 %

Terminate Release if Maximum Expected Monitor Reading, 2.-=J.-k , is exceeded PART III: Authorizations and Approvals Permit Prepared by 1211 VAY

.A

- - Technician Analysis Approved by . N/Pr Radiochemistry Supervisor Release Approved by -rt~ Shift Manager PART: IV: Release Data Fans: Aux. Bldg s

i----+-----1 Cont. Purge i--s_ _ _ _--1 Release Performed by:

E E Start Every 15 minutes Stop Time Date Wind Speed, MPH AA..

Wind Direction, Degrees 4-30 Delta T or Sigma Theta 0*4 RCV-014 Loader Setting %

Monitor Reading, CPM or µCi/cc Gas Decay Tank Pressure ( p.i;.\ lf)'-

q~

Every 15 minutes Plant Vent Flow SCFM REMARKS:

Procedure No.

I O-NOP-061.148 NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE .........,.__ Re-v-is-io_n_N-o.-............

QUALITY RELATED 1 CONTINUOUS USE

Title:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B

  • Responsible Department: OPERATIONS Special Considerations:

This is an Upgraded Procedure. Initial use should include increased awareness because of potential technical and/or sequential changes to the procedure. After initial use of this procedure, provide comments back to the Procedure Upgrade Project.

FOR INFORMATION ONLY Before use, verify revision and change documentation (if applicable) with a controlled index or document.

DATE VERIFIED +otl.f!y INITIAL _?

Revision Approved By Approval Date UNIT#

DATE DOCT PROCEDURE 0 Steve Murano 04/19/10 DOCN O-NOP-061. 148 SYS STATUS COMPLETED Mike 02/18/14 REV

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 2 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT REVISION

SUMMARY

Rev. No. Description 1 PCR 1712429, 02/18/14, Joseph Turek Change the designator on TB600 and K850, change to 15 minute readings, and enhance procedure review.

OA PCR #10-1687, 05/18/10, David Houtz Change reference O-OP-060, Auxiliary Building HVAC to O-NOP-060.01, Auxiliary Building Ventilation 0 PCR# 09-3922, 04/19/10, Gerard Slaby Upgraded O-OP-061.14, Rev 5/28/09, to the requirements of Nuclear Fleet Writer's Guide, AD-AA-100-1003.

Split and superseded O-OP-061.14 into 6 separate procedures, O-NOP-061.14A through O-NOP-061.14F, for each Gas Decay Tank.

Deleted QA Pages and references to them throughout. Logging the activity satisfies all QA record requirements. Deleted logging statements throughout.

The requirements on what to log are covered in Conduct of Operations, O-ADM-200 and Operations Narrative Logbooks, O-ADM-204. Deleted Precautions and Limitations that were generic in nature and could be considered as training aids. Moved Precautions, Limitations, and Prerequisites that did NOT apply to every section to the individual sections that they do apply.

Split each procedure into a normal Operating Section for routine Gas Decay Tank discharges and an Infrequent Operations Section for releases when R-14 is NOT OPERABLE.

Split out each procedure's SNPO actions into an attachment.

Added SCFM values to table for estimating Plant Vent Flow, as cc/sec is NOT inputted into O-NCOP-004, Preparation of Gas Release Permits.

Deleted column for 0 Aux Bldg Exhaust Fans as this contradicts prerequisite.

Replaced Dedicated Operator in Section 5.1.2, Step 2 with Assigned Operator to conform with O-ADM-200, Conduct Of Operations.

Added specific value to Section 5.1.2, Step 4 for SPING from O-NCOP-004.

Moved commitments to Section 7.1.2, Developmental References as they do NOT meet definition of a commitment.

PCR# 09-3927: Cancels O-OP-061.14.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 3 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE ................................................................................................................... 4 2.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ........................................................................... 4 3.0 PREREQUISITES ....................................................................................................... 5 4.0 NORMAL OPERATIONS ............................................................................................. 6 4.1 Startup ......................................................................................................................... 6 4.2 Operation ..................................................................................................................... 6 4.2.1 RCO Actions for Initiating Controlled Release of Gas Decay Tank B .......................... 6 4.2.2 RCO Actions During Release of Gas Decay Tank B ................................................... 9 4.2.3 RCO Actions After Release of Gas Decay Tank B .................................................... 10 4.3 Shutdown .................................................................................................................. 11 5.0 INFREQUENT OPERATIONS ................................................................................... 12 5.1 Gas Decay Tank B Release with R-14, Plant Vent Monitor, NOT OPERABLE ............................................................................................................... 12 5.1.1 RCO Actions for Initiating Controlled Release of Gas Decay Tank B, With R-14 NOT OPERABLE .............................................................................................. 12 5.1.2 RCO Actions During Release of Gas Decay Tank B,.With R-14 NOT OPERABLE ............................................................................................................... 14 5.1.3 RCO Actions After Release of Gas Decay Tank B, With R-14 NOT OPERABLE ............................................................................................................... 16 6.0 RECORDS ................................................................................................................. 17

7.0 REFERENCES

AND COMMITMENTS ..................................................................... 18 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT 1 Controlled Release from Gas Decay Tank B ............................... 20

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 4 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for controlled releases of Gas Decay Tank B.

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS Precautions Exceeding the maximum allowable RCV-014 loader setting or the maximum expected value for the Plant Vent Gas Monitor R-14 may result in exceeding the release limits.

Shift Manager authorization is required prior to reinitiating a Gas Decay Tank release after an R-14 HIGH ALARM actuation.

If R-14 HIGH ALARM actuates, loading pressure on PCV-014 shall be lowered to zero to reset RCV-014.

Attachment 1, Controlled Release from Gas Decay Tank B should progress without delays to maintain continuity as soon as the RCO has completed Section 4.2.1 or Section 5.1.1.

During a Gas Decay Tank release, if pressure unexpectedly lowers in any tank other than Gas Decay Tank being released, the release shall be terminated until the cause of the lowering pressure is identified and corrected.

Plant Vent SPING-4, Channel 5 shall NOT be used to satisfy the Minimum Channel OPERABILITY requirements of ODCM, Table 3.1-1.

Plant Vent SPING-4, Channel 5 shall NOT be used in lieu of the sampling requirements of ODCM, Table 3.1-1.

Limitations None


~---,--.~---------

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TlTLE: PAGE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 5 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT INITIAL

.5' PREREQUISITES ENSURE minimum of one Auxiliary Building Ventilation Exhaust Fan in operation.

ENSURE the following systems available OR in operation to support Gas Decay Tank release:

£) Instrument Air System $

g 120V DC Electrical System  ?

7 J5 480V AC Electrical System

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 6 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT 4.0 NORMAL OPERATIONS 4.1 Startup None

@ OE!eration

~ RCO Actions for Initiating Controlled Release of Gas Decay Tank B (9 IF PRMS channel R-14 is NOT OPERABLE, THEN GO TO Section 5.1, Gas Decay Tank B Release with R-14, Plant Vent N/A Monitor, NOT OPERABLE.

0 IF Plant Vent SPING-4 is NOT OPERABLE, THEN ENSURE Chemistry performs required actions of O-NCCP-210, SPING and N/~ DAM Monitor Channel Check. [Ref.

Section 7 .1.2, Developmental 16].

WHEN approved Gas Decay Tank Release Permit attachment of O-NCOP-004, Preparation of Gas Release Permits, is received, THEN:

REVIEW Gas Release Permit CHECK Gas Decay Tank B specified on Gas Release Permit.

ENSURE Release Approved by block signed by SM.

RECORD Gas Release Permit Number and Date/Time started on Attachment 1, Controlled Release from Gas Decay Tank B.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 7 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT INITIAL 4.2.1 RCO Actions for Initiating Controlled Release of Gas Decay Tank 8 (continued)

¢ ADJUST PRMS R-14 HIGH ALARM and WARN limits as follows:

>ZJ SLIDE R-14 drawer out to gain access to thumbwheels.

  • Thumbwheel switches used to select Alarms are as follows:

~ Forward Switch Setting = digit

~ _ Middle Switch Setting =decimal and digit

.:(!/' Rear Switch Setting =exponent Examples:

Forward 3, Middle 6, Rear 4 is equal to 3.6 X 104 or 36 Kcpm Forward 2, Middle 7, Rear 4 is equal to 2.7 X 104 or 27 Kcpm POSITION HIGH ALARM setpoint thumbwheel switches to R-14 Setpoint specified on Gas Decay Tank Release Permit.

POSITION WARN limit setpoint thumbwheel switches to the R-14 Maximum Expected Monitor Reading specified on Gas Decay Tank Release Permit.

@' CLOSE R-14 drawer.

K Simultaneously PERFORM the following:

¥ IV PRESS HIGH ALARM.

CHECK digital display CPM indication equals R-14 Setpoint specified on Gas Decay Tank Release Permit.

,,@'" Simultaneously PERFORM the following:

~

IV WARN.

digital display CPM indication equals Maximum Expected Monitor Reading specified on Gas Decay Permit.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 8 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT 4.2.1 RCO Actions for Initiating Controlled Release of Gas Decay Tank B (continued)

4. (continued)

~ Simultaneously PERFORM the following:

$ PRESS CHECK SOURCE.

~ CHECK digital display CPM indication responds to

>> source.

ENSURE Independent Verifications COMPLETE.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 9 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT

~ RCO Actions During Release of Gas Decay Tank B

~ PROVIDE the following to the SNPO:

Gas Release Permit Attachment 1, Controlled Release from Gas Decay Tank B IF at any time Auxiliary Building Ventilation System fa_n configuration requires alteration OR is altered, THEN:

@ TERM INA TE release.

(V CONTACT Chemistry to recalculate R-14 HIGH ALARM setpoint and Maximum Expected Monitor Reading.

$ REQUEST SNPO commence gas release from Gas Decay Tank B.

4. WHEN notified by SNPO that release is in progress, THEN INITIATE monitoring of R-14, PLANT VENT, by comparing indication to Warning set point every 15 minutes until release is terminated.
5. IF at any time, R-14 exceeds the Maximum Expected Monitor Reading stated on Gas Decay Tank Release Permit, THEN ENSURE SNPO terminates the release.
6. IF at any time, R-14 ALARM actuates, THEN:

A. DIRECT SNPO:

(1) ENSURE RCV-014 is CLOSED.

(2) CLOSE 40-907, INSTRUMENT AIR SUPPLY TO RCV-014.

(3) CLOSE and LOCK 46388, B GOT TO PLANT VENT.

B. MONITOR R-14 count rate.

C. GO TO 3-0NOP-067, Radioactive Effluent Release.

7. WHEN notified by SNPO release is complete, THEN OBTAIN completed Attachment 1 from SNPO.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 10 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT INITIAL 4.2.3 RCO Actions After Release of Gas Decay Tank B

1. IF Process Radiation Monitor R-14 setpoints were adjusted in Section 4.2.1, Step 4, THEN RESET R-14 setpoints by performing the following:

A. SLIDE R-14 drawer forward to gain access to thumbwheel switches.

NOTE

  • Thumbwheel switches used to select Alarms are as follows:
  • Forward Switch Setting = digit
  • Middle Switch Setting =decimal and digit
  • Rear Switch Setting = exponent
  • Examples:
  • Forward 3, Middle 6, Rear 4 is equal to 3.6 X 104 or 36 Kcpm
  • Forward 2, Middle 7, Rear 4 is equal to 2.7 X 104 or 27 Kcpm B. POSITION HIGH ALARM thumbwheel switches to setting posted on drawer for High Alarm setpoint.

IV C. POSITION WARN limit thumbwheel switches to setting posted on drawer for Warning Limit setpoint.

IV D. CLOSE R-14 drawer.

E. Simultaneously PERFORM the following:

(1) PRESS HIGH ALARM.

(2) CHECK digital display CPM indication equals R-14 Setpoint specified on Gas Decay Tank Release Permit.

...U.<>>""

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: *PAGE:

1 WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 11 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT 4.2.3 RCO Actions After Release of Gas Decay Tank B (continued)

1. (continued)

F. Simultaneously PERFORM the following:

(1) PRESS WARN.

(2) CHECK digital display CPM indication equals Maximum Expected Monitor Reading specified on Gas Decay Tank Release Permit.

G. Simultaneously PERFORM the following:

(1) PRESS CHECK SOURCE.

(2) CHECK digital display CPM indication responds to source.

4.3 Shutdown None

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 12 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT 5.0 INFREQUENT OPERATIONS 5.1 Gas Decay Tank B Release with R-14, Plant Vent Monitor, NOT OPERABLE 5.1.1 RCO Actions for Initiating Controlled Release of Gas Decay Tank B, With R-14 NOT OPERABLE

1. WHEN approved Gas Decay Tank Release Permit attachment of O-NCOP-004, Preparation of Gas Release Permits, is received, THEN:

A. REVIEW Gas Release Permit.

B. CHECK Gas Decay Tank J2. specified on Gas Release Permit.

C. ENSURE O-NCOP-004, Preparation of Gas Release Permits, requirements for releases with R-14 NOT OPERABLE are COMPLETE:

  • At least two independent samples of Gas Decay Tank B contents are analyzed.
  • At least two technically qualified members of the facility staff Independently Verified release rate calculations.

D. ENSURE Release Approved By block signed by SM.

E. RECORD Gas Release Permit Number and Date/Time started on Attachment 1, Controlled Release from Gas Decay Tank B.

2. ENSURE Chemistry performing required actions of O-NCCP-210, SPING and DAM Monitor Channel Check

[Ref. Section 7.1.2, Developmental 16].

3. IF Plant Vent SPING-4 is NOT OPERABLE, THEN ENSURE Operations Manager notified both Plant Vent Monitor R-14 and SPING-4, NOT OPERABLE [Ref. Section 7.1.2, Developmental 16].

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

1 WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 13 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT INITIAL 5.1.1 RCO Actions for Initiating Controlled Release of Gas Decay Tank B, With R-14 NOT OPERABLE (continued)

4. DIRECT l&C Maintenance install the following jumpers on RT-14 in QR-66:

Concurrent Verification A. INSTALL jumper TB600 R-14 from Terminal 1 to Relay K850-R14 C1 on RT-14 in 3QR66 ..

l&C CV

8. INSTALL jumper TB600 R-14 from Terminal 2 to Relay K850-R14 C2 on RT-14 in 3QR66.

l&C CV

5. HANG Caution Tag on Drawer R-14 to alert the operator(s) of the installed jumper.

IV

6. ENSURE Independent Verifications COMPLETE.
7. PROVIDE the following to the SNPO:

G Gas Release Permit

  • Attachment 1, Controlled Release from Gas Decay Tank B

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 14 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT 5.1.2 RCO Actions During Release of Gas Decay Tank B, With R-14 NOT OPERABLE

1. DIRECT SNPO commence gas release from Gas Decay Tank B.
2. IF at any time Auxiliary Building Ventilation System fan configuration requires alteration OR is altered, THEN:

A. TERM I NA TE release.

B. CONTACT Chemistry to recalculate PLANT VENT SPING (RAD6304), Maximum Expected Monitor Reading.

3. WHEN notified by SNPO, THEN INITIATE monitoring of gas release every 5 minutes until release is terminated, by comparing any of the following indications to Maximum Expected Monitor Reading stated on Gas Decay Tank Release Permit:
  • DCS indication for RAD-6304 as follows:

(1) SELECT EMERG RESP on the DCS Display Panel.

(2) SELECT METEOROLOGICAL AND RAD DATA.

(3) MONITOR PLANT VENT SPING (RAD6304) data.

Assigned Operator at the local SPING-4 display panel with constant communications with the Unit 3 RCO.

4. IF at any time, PV SPING-4, Channel 5 exceeds 1.0E-5 µCi/cc, THEN TERMINATE release as follows:

A. DIRECT SNPO:

(1) LOWER RCV-014 hand loader pressure to 0.

(2) ENSURE RCV-014 is CLOSED.

(3) CLOSE 40-907, INSTRUMENT AIR SUPPLY TO RCV-014.

(4) and LOCK 46388, B GOT TO PLANT VENT.

PV SPING-4, Channel 5.

3-0NOP-067, Radioactive Effluent Release.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

1 WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 15 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT 5.1.2 RCO Actions During Release of Gas Decay Tank 8, With R-14 NOT OPERABLE (continued)

5. WHEN notified by SNPO that release is complete, THEN OBTAIN completed Attachment 1, Controlled Release from Gas Decay Tank B from SNPO.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 16 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT INITIAL 5.1.3 RCO Actions After Release of Gas Decay Tank 8, With R-14 NOT OPERABLE

1. IF NO more gas releases are to be performed, THEN:

Concurrent Verification A. REQUEST l&C Maintenance REMOVE jumper TB600 R-14 from Terminal 1 to Relay K850-R 14 C 1 on RT-14 in 3QR66.

l&C CV

8. REQUEST l&C Maintenance REMOVE jumper in TB600 R-14 from Terminal 2 to Relay K850-R14 C2 on RT-14 in 3QR66.

l&C CV C. REMOVE Caution Tag from front of Plant Vent Monitor Channel R-14 drawer.

IV

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

1 WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK 8 17 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT 6.0 RECORDS

1. Completed pages of the below listed item(s) constitute Quality Assurance Records and shall be transmitted to QA Records for retention in accordance with Quality Assurance Records Program:
  • Section 3.0, PREREQUISITES
  • Section 4.0, NORMAL OPERATIONS
  • Section 5.0, INFREQUENT OPERATIONS
  • Attachment 1, Controlled Release from Gas Decay Tank B
2. The date, time and section completed shall be logged in the Unit Narrative Log.
3. Any problems encountered while performing the procedure should be logged in the Unit Narrative Log (i.e., malfunctioning equipment, delays due to changes in plant conditions, etc.).

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 18 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT

7.0 REFERENCES

AND COMMITMENTS 7.1 References 7.1.1 Implementing

1. O-NCCP-210, SPING and DAM Monitor Channel Checks
2. O-NCOP-004, Preparation of Gas Release Permits
3. 3-0NOP-067, Radioactive Effluent Release 7.1.2 Developmental
1. Technical Specifications Section 6.8.4.f, Radioactive Effluent Controls Program
2. Offsite Dose Calculation Manual (ODCM) Table 3.1-1, Radioactive Gaseous Effluent Monitoring Instrumentation
3. Offsite Dose Calculation Manual (ODCM) Table 3.1-2, Radioactive Gaseous Effluent Monitoring Instrumentation Surveillance Requirements
4. FSAR Section 11.1.2, Waste Disposal Component Code Requirements
5. FSAR Section 11.1-3, Secondary Shield Design Parameters
6. FSAR Figure 11.1-2, Waste Disposal System Gas - Operating Diagram
7. 561 O-M-3061, Sh 13, Waste Disposal System - Gas Waste Decay Tanks
8. 561 O-M-8, Sh 1, Auxiliary Building Ventilation System
9. 4-0NOP-067, Radioactive Effluent Release
10. O-NOP-060.01, Auxiliary Building Ventilation
11. O-OP-061.15, Waste Gas System
12. Regulatory Guide 1.33, Quality Assurance Program Requirements (Operations)

Offsite Dose Calculation Manual (ODCM)

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 19 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT 7.1.2 Developmental (continued)

14. PC/M 04-112, Emergency Response Data Acquisition and Display System (ERDADS) Replacement
15. FPL Quality Assurance Topical Report (QATR)
16. Memorandum PTN-PMN-88-030,

Subject:

A. FSAR not updated to address Gas Releases with PRMS-R-14 inoperable

8. Procedural Inadequacies for Gas Releases, CAR-87-082, dated January 20, 1988 (CTRAC Number 88-0094-34)
17. Memorandum PTN-PMN-88-181,

Subject:

Follow-up corrective actions, CAR 87-082, dated March 30, 1988 7.1.3 Management Directives None 7.2 Commitments None

REVISION* NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

1 WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 20 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT ATTACHMENT 1 Controlled Release from Gas Decay Tank 8 (Page 1 of 6)

GAS RELEASE PERMIT NUMBER: 4 fZ p- 201x-035 DATE/TIME: jr;dtJ..y I 2 ~Dl.ll".S'tjo REMARKS:

PERSONNEL PERFORMING MANIPULATIONS PRINTED NAME INITIALS OP~~< ~J s oo~r ~z. ~

COMMENCEMENT OF RELEASE DATE RELEASE (MM/DD/YY): TIME RELEASE (HH:MM, 24 HR CLOCK):

STARTED: I I STARTED:

RELEASE PRINTED NAME I SIGNATURE:

STARTED BY:

COMPLETION OF RELEASE DATE RELEASE (MM/DD/YY): TIME RELEASE (HH:MM, 24 HR CLOCK):

COMPLETED: I I COMPLETED:

RELEASE PRINTED NAME I SIGNATURE:

COMPLETED BY:

REVIEW OF RELEASE RELEASE Shift Manager or SRO Designee: (MM/DD/YY): I DATE:

REVIEWED BY: I I

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK 8 21 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT ATTACHMENT 1 Controlled Release from Gas Decay Tank 8 (Page 2 of 6)

ENSURE correct Gas Release Permit Number and Date/Time started recorded on Attachment 1 cover sheet.

PERFORM a CHANNEL CHECK on Plant Vent SPING-4 Channel 10 (Effluent System Flowrate Measuring Device) as follows:

SET selector thumbwheel to 10 at the Plant Vent SPING-4 (located in the Auxiliary Building Fan Room).

OBSERVE green NORMAL light, and DOCUMENT status:

Green NORMAL light ON ~ Green NORMAL light OFF D

@ IF green NORMAL light OFF, THEN:

tJ/A- @ NOTIFY RCO SPING-4 Channel 10 NOT OPERABLE.

N)A- t:::-i

.. \/ h-f!:y REFER TO Table 1 below and CIRCLE Estimated r"/p Plant Vent Flow:

Table 1 Estimated Plant Vent Flows FAN NUMBER OF OPERA TING FANS Containment Purge Exhaust 0 0 1 1 2 2 Auxiliary Building Exhaust 1 2 2 Spent Fuel Pit Exhaust 1 1 1 1 Radwaste Building Exhaust 2 2 2 2 2 2 Laundry System Exhaust 1 1 1 1 7 7 7 7 7 7 Plant Vent Flow cc/sec 3.82x10 4.31x10 4.74 x 10 5.07 x 10 5.66x10 5.99x10 Plant Vent Flow SCFM 80,941 92,595 100,434 107,427 119,928 126,920

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

1 WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 22 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT ATTACHMENT 1 Controlled Release from Gas Deca~ Tank B (Page 3 of 6) le PERFORM the following alignment:

COMPONENT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION POSITION ALIGNED VERIFIED NUMBER REQUIRED BY BY North-South Hallway COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE PCV-1037A CLOSED HOR TO 8 GOT ~ ~

GAS DECAY TANK 8 CV-46398 RE-USE HEADER VALVE CLOSED s U(

PCV-10378 8 GOT TO GAS ANALYZER CLOSED s ~

RCV-014 GOT TO PLANT VENT VALVE CLOSED s: ~ '

Gas Decay Tank Valve Room LOCKED 46428 N2 SUPPLY TO 8 GOT CLOSED > LX 8 GOT DRAIN TO DRAIN LOCKED 46438 s, HEADER CLOSED LY \

INSTRUMENT AIR SUPPLY TO LOCKED 40-907 $

RCV-014 OPEN \A LOCKED 4638A A GOT TO PLANT VENT ~

CLOSED ~

LOCKED 4638C C GOT TO PLANT VENT CLOSED s <<

LOCKED 46380 D GOT TO PLANT VENT CLOSED s ~

LOCKED 4638E E GOT TO PLANT VENT ~

CLOSED ~'

LOCKED 4638F F GOT TO PLANT VENT CLOSED s ~

LOCKED 46388 8 GOT TO PLANT VENT OPEN > ~ \

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 23 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT ATTACHMENT 1 Controlled Release from Gas Decay Tank B (Page 4 of 6)

CHECK Gas Decay Tank~ specified on Gas Decay Tank Release Permit.

ENSURE Independent Verifications and Reviews are COMPLETE.

RECORD the following on Gas Decay Tank Releas'e Permit attachment of O-NCOP-004, Preparation of Gas Release Permits:

Auxiliary Building Exhaust Fans operating Wind speed and direction from Control Room Meteorological Delta (~) T from Control Room IF green NORMAL light was OFF on Attachment 1, Step 2.B, THEN RECORD Estimated Plant Vent Flow from Table 1.

Initial Gas Decay Tank pressure

,@ RECORD pressures for all Gas Decay Tanks in Table 2.

8. NOTIFY RCO to initiate required gas release monitoring specified in Section 4.2.2, Step 4 or Section 5.1.2, Step 2.
9. IF at any time pressure unexpectedly lowers in Waste Gas Decay Tank A, C, D, E, or F, THEN TERMINATE release until cause is identified and corrected.
10. INITIATE release as follows:

A. Slowly RAISE (INCREASE) RCV-014, PLANT VENT RADIATION RELEASE CONTROL VALVE (Loader) setting to the maximum allowed setting per Part II of the Gas Decay Tank Release Permit.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 24 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT ATTACHMENT 1 Controlled Release from Gas Decay Tank B (Page 5 of 6)

10. (continued)

B. IF at any time during release, Radiation Monitor monitored in Section 4.2.2, Step 4 or Section 5.1.2, Step 2 exceeds Maximum Expected Monitor Reading stated on Gas Decay Tank Release Permit, THEN TERMINATE release as follows:

(1) LOWER RCV-014 hand loader pressure to 0.

(2) ENSURE RCV-014 is CLOSED.

(3) CLOSE 40-907, INSTRUMENT AIR SUPPLY TO RCV-014.

(4) CLOSE and LOCK 46388, B GOT TO PLANT VENT.

(5) NOTIFY Shift Manager.

C. WHEN release flowrate is established, THEN RECORD Start Release Data on Part IV of Tank Release Permit and Table 2.

D. RECORD the following every 15 minutes during release until Gas Decay Tank B pressure lowers to between 6 and 8 psig:

  • Required Release Data on Part IV of Release Permit
  • All Gas Decay Tank pressures on Table 2, below:

Table 2 Gas Decay Tank Pressures GOT GOT GOT GOT GOT GOT A/1 8/2 C/3 0/4 E/5 F/6 Pl-1036 Pl-1037 Pl-1038 Pl-1039 Pl-1052 Pl-1053 GOT Pressure Prior To Release {,°J ti~ "1 3 lb 8 40 GOT Pressure T-0 mins (Start)

GOT Pressure T+15 mins GOT Pressure T+30 mins GOT Pressure T+45 mins GOT Pressure T+60 mins GOT Pressure T + 75 rnins GOT Pressure (End)

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

WASTE GAS DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED RELEASE OF GAS DECAY TANK B 25 of 25 PROCEDURE NO.:

O-NOP-061.148 TURKEY POINT PLANT ATTACHMENT 1 Controlled Release from Gas Decay Tank B (Page 6 of 6)

11. WHEN Gas Decay Tank B pressure lowers to between 6 and 8 psig, THEN TERMINATE release as follows:

A. LOWER RCV-014 hand loader pressure to 0.

CHECK RCV-014 valve stem position indicator indicates fully CLOSED.

C. RECORD Stop (final) Release Data on Part IV of Gas Decay Tank Release Permit.

D. RECORD End Gas Decay Tank pressures on Table 2.

12. ENSURE RCV-014, GOT TO PLANT VENT VALVE, CLOSED.

IV

13. CLOSE and LOCK 40-907, INSTRUMENT AIR SUPPLY TO RCV-014.

IV

14. CLOSE and LOCK 46388, B GOT TO PLANT VENT.

IV

15. RETURN completed Radioactive Release Permit to Chemistry.
16. RETURN this Attachment to RCO.